Index index by Group index by Distribution index by Vendor index by creation date index by Name Mirrors Help Search

kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl-10.2.3-1.1 RPM for riscv64

From OpenSuSE Ports Tumbleweed for riscv64

Name: kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl Distribution: openSUSE Tumbleweed
Version: 10.2.3 Vendor: openSUSE
Release: 1.1 Build date: Tue Dec 3 14:58:40 2024
Group: System/Management Build host: reproducible
Size: 0 Source RPM: python-kiwi-10.2.3-1.1.src.rpm
Packager: https://bugs.opensuse.org
Url: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi
Summary: KIWI - host requirements for WSL container images
Host setup helper to pull in all packages required/useful on
the build host to build WSL container images

Provides

Requires

License

GPL-3.0-or-later

Changelog

* Tue Dec 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.2.2 → 10.2.3
* Tue Dec 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update STYLEROOT to SUSE 2022
* Mon Dec 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix broken links in the documentation
* Mon Dec 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix legacy_bios_mode detection
    The code in this method does not work correctly if the
    firmware is set to 'bios'. In bios only mode the method
    returned a false value which is incorrect as it should
    return a true value in this case. Without this patch
    ISO images will fail to boot because no loader gets
    configured.
* Mon Dec 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added /dev/pts to bind mount locations
    During runtime several kernel filesystems are bind mounted into
    the image root system such that programs expecting it can work.
    /dev/pts was not needed so far but seems to be a good addition
    to the list to make tools like sudo to work properly when called
    e.g. from a config.sh script. This Fixes #2686
* Wed Nov 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added provide/require system files for containers
    Added the attributes provide_system_files and require_system_files
    to control the provider and requester of system files in
    container image builds. systemfiles is a metadata file which
    contains all files from the package database at call time.
    It is used in flake-pilot to provision the systemfiles data
    from the host into the container instance. One possible use
    case for this data is a flake registration which uses a
    base container that is derived from a runtime container but
    all data from the runtime should be provisioned from the
    host. Using this feature tightly couples the flake to the
    host OS distribution and version.
* Wed Nov 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.2.1 → 10.2.2
* Wed Nov 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix scope issue
    Increase livetime of the the compressor instances
    to the livetime of RootImportOCI. They create temporary
    files which are referenced later and need to live longer
    than the block they got created in
* Tue Nov 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.2.0 → 10.2.1
* Mon Nov 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of fscreateoptions for iso type
    The information for fscreateoptions was not passed along to the
    tooling if a custom filesystem attribute was specified.
    This Fixes #2681
* Mon Nov 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to derive from multiple containers
    Add support for multi inheritance to the derived_from attribute
    In the order of a comma seperated list of docker source URI's
    a base tree is created. This was possible only with one container
    so far and Fixes #2680 as well as jira#OBS-354
* Thu Nov 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.18 → 10.2.0
* Thu Nov 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add selinux test build to TW
    Also update derived docker integration test to latest Leap
* Wed Nov 20 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@velocitylimitless.com>
  - kiwi/schema: Fix allowed value type for ISO publisher and application ID
    According to the spec, this should be constrained to 128 characters
    but also allow quite a few other special characters (as well as spaces).
    We didn't allow spaces in application ID, but allowed too much for Publisher.
    Now we set up both correctly.
* Sun Nov 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix setup of kiwi environment variables
    Some kiwi env vars are initialized with an empty value
    and not overwritten if another value is provided. For
    the selected variables an empty value setting is not
    allowed because the schema also enforces the value to
    be set at least once. In addition a helpful option
    named --print-kiwi-env was added to the 'image info'
    command which allows to print the environment variables
    and their values.
* Tue Nov 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add random key support for LUKS encryption
    Allow to pass luks="random". In random mode use the
    generated keyfile as the only key to decrypt. This is
    only secure if the generated initrd also gets protected
    e.g. through encryption like it is done with the secure
    linux execution on zSystems
* Thu Nov 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added development group in pyproject setup
    generateDS and other tools are needed and were forgotten
    to be added when we deleted the tox dependency
* Wed Nov 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added containers integration with OBS
    When building in the Open Build Service (OBS) there is no way
    to create outgoing connections from the build workers. To allow
    the <containers> section to fetch containers from the SUSE
    registry we need to apply an OCI URI translation into a local
    path. The actual OCI container image is expected to be provided
    by the obs backend on the worker. Along with this commit also an
    integration test named test-image-disk-containers is provided.
    This Fixes jira#OBS-351
* Sun Nov 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix rendering of SUSE docs
    The SUSE documentation is produced through a conversion
    of the ReST source into docbook. The name kiwi is reserved
    in the index and needs to be referenced as kiwi-ng when
    used as command.
* Sun Nov 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Remove tox dependency
    tox was used as sort of a make target to run unit tests
    and more in a python virtualenv. However, since we switched
    everything to poetry it's no longer needed to let tox create
    the python virtual environments. This commit moves the tox
    targets into the Makefile and adapts the github workflow
    files accordingly. In addition the scripts container based
    tests were re-activated and fixed such that they succeed
    again.
* Fri Nov 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix make build target
    Move the actions done by the tox target into the
    build target and call them there in a clean and easy
    to spot sequence. There is no need to call tox to
    prepare for the package submission, instead the
    checks and poetry runs to prepare for the package
    target should be called directly as part of the
    build target. In the future we might get rid of
    tox completely.
* Fri Nov 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.17 → 10.1.18
* Thu Oct 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed zipl caller environment
    zipl gets confused with an active sysfs mount inside
    the root tree at call time of zipl. This commit
    umounts the /sys bind mount in the image tree prior
    calling zipl
* Thu Oct 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix s390 test-image-disk build
    Add missing kernel links used by suse tools
* Thu Oct 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.16 → 10.1.17
* Wed Oct 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix coloring of build_status.sh flags
    Depending on the place of the status flag the color
    setup might fail. This commit fixes it
* Wed Oct 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add pytest-container as optional dependency
    The pyproject.toml listed pytest-container as dependency
    but it is used only to run the container based integration
    tests for the shell helper methods. For building the package
    this dependency should not be pulled in
* Fri Oct 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix networking in erofs integration test
    The network setup was systemd-networkd based but
    the provided network config was not for systemd
* Wed Oct 23 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.15 → 10.1.16
* Wed Oct 23 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix erofs requires in spec
    erofs-utils for SUSE only exists in Tumbleweed. The
    former conditon would also add the requirement for ALP
    and SLFO which is wrong. This commit fixes it
* Tue Oct 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add vagrantconfig rule for vagrant format
    If the format="vagrant" attribute is set, a vagrantconfig
    section becomes mandatory. This commit enforces this rule
    on the schema. This Fixes #2666
* Mon Oct 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.14 → 10.1.15
* Thu Oct 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed sphinx_rtd_theme setup
    Delete obsolete display_version attribute
* Thu Oct 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Evaluate eficsm everywhere
    Fixed _supports_bios_modules() to take an eventually
    provided eficsm setup into account. The grub config still
    searches for i386 grub modules even if eficsm="false"
    is set.
* Thu Oct 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed debian bootstrap script calls
    Run scripts as commands with their native shebang and not
    through bash. Not all debian package scripts uses bash, some
    of them uses sh which can be a link to dash or other
    interpreters. This Fixes #2660
* Thu Oct 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update TW integration tests
    The package x86info was dropped from TW
* Wed Oct 16 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Turn DiskFormat into an ordinary class
    - it does not need to be an abstract base class
    - use f-strings where applicable instead of format()
    - change return type of _custom_args_for_format from list to tuple
* Mon Oct 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add new containers section
    Allow to specify references to OCI containers in the
    image description like in the following example:
    <containers source="registry.suse.com" backend="podman">
    <container name="some" tag="some" path="/some/path"/>
    </containers>
    During the kiwi process the containers are fetched into a
    temporary location and a systemd service is configured to
    one time load the containers into the local registry at
    first boot of the system. This Fixes #2663
* Fri Oct 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.13 → 10.1.14
* Fri Oct 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Install usrmerge for Debian integration test"
    This reverts commit 95ac861741f14c4f35611c16328384c18e53dcfb.
    Solution needs to be provided in code
* Fri Oct 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install usrmerge for Debian integration test
* Mon Sep 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support older apt versions for bootstrap
    This Fixes #2660
* Fri Sep 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Run package scripts in apt bootstrap phase
    The bootstrap procedure based on apt only runs a manual
    collection of package scripts. This commit refactors the
    code that unpacks the bootstrap packages to a python
    implementation and adds a method to run the bootstrap
    scripts from all packages resolved by apt.
* Thu Sep 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.12 → 10.1.13
* Thu Sep 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix bundle extension for vagrant type
    When bundling result files that uses a vagrant type,
    kiwi creates them with the extension .vagrant.virtualbox.box
    or .vagrant.libvirt.box. The bundler code renames them using
    only the .box suffix which is too short as it is missing
    the subformat information. This commit fixes it and keeps
    this information in the result bundle file name.
    This Fixes #2656
* Thu Sep 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use simple quotas (squota) for volumes
* Wed Sep 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add quota attribute to volume section
    Allow to set quota per volume for the btrfs filesystem
    This Fixes #2651
* Tue Sep 24 2024 Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa@rosenzweig.io>
  - Fix globbing with exclude with regex
    This fixes a collection of bugs when producing erofs images.
    On one hand, this ensures that an exclude of `/sys` doesn't accidentally
    match `/lib/libsystemd.so`, only `/sys/whatever`.
    On the other hand, this ensures that `/dev/*` does match `/dev/vda` and
    not just `/dev///////////`.
    This fixes libsystemd.so getting dropped in Kiwi-built FEX images.
    Signed-off-by: Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa@rosenzweig.io>
* Tue Sep 24 2024 Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa@rosenzweig.io>
  - Honour custom exclude for filesystem builds
    All other call sites honour the custom exclude file, it's just this one
    that needs to be fixed. This unblocks use of Kiwi for generating FEX
    rootfs.
    Closes: #2652
    Signed-off-by: Alyssa Rosenzweig <alyssa@rosenzweig.io>
* Mon Sep 23 2024 Isaac True <isaac@is.having.coffee>
  - test: storage: update clone_device tests with new block size
    Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac@is.having.coffee>
* Fri Sep 20 2024 Isaac True <isaac@is.having.coffee>
  - storage: clone_device: increase dd block size
    Increasing the block size used for dd reduces the time needed to clone a
    device.
    Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac@is.having.coffee>
* Tue Sep 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.11 → 10.1.12
* Tue Sep 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add missing erofscompression validation
    In the filesystem builder I forgot to evaluate the
    erofscompression attribute. This Fixes #2647
* Mon Sep 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Include PI and comments in XSL stylesheets
    So far comments and processing instructions (PI) were
    ignored when applying the XSL stylesheets. This commit
    updates all stylesheets to take them into account
* Fri Sep 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.10 → 10.1.11
* Fri Sep 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - doc: Add login information test build test images
* Fri Sep 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.9 → 10.1.10
* Thu Sep 12 2024 Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
  - bootloader: Fix up ppc64 bootinfo again
    To make the code look pretty extra newline is inserted at the start of
    bootinfo file. This appears to break boot on Power9 PowerVM LPARs.
* Thu Sep 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for erofs
    erofs is an alternative readonly filesystem that can be
    used as alternative to squashfs. This Fixes #2633
* Thu Sep 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed enclave integration test
    The SELinux policy of Fedora Rawhide when running completely in
    an initrd is not suitable to let the system boot up. Thus the
    current solution is to boot in permissive mode. A better solution
    for the future would probably be a selinux policy for enclaves
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - limit eif_build requires to fedora >= 42
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.8 → 10.1.9
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added sshd to nitro-enclave integration test
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed container sync options
    Do not exclude/filter any security/xattr capabilities.
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update container integration test
    Add getcap to check on filesystem capabilities
* Wed Sep 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add new build type provides for enclave
    Add a provides tag (read by the open buildservice) for the new
    enclave builder. Also add a recommends to eif_builder in
    the systemdeps-core meta package
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update enclave documentation
    Fixup repo setup in the build documentation
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.7 → 10.1.8
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed enclave documentation
    Path to the build test was not correct
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-nitro-enclave package list
    Fixup package list to match Fedora rawhide
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move test-image-nitro-enclave to rawhide
* Tue Sep 10 2024 Michal Suchanek <msuchanek@suse.de>
  - Fix ppc64 chrp bootinfo generation
* Mon Sep 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed documentation header
    Fixed double H1 headers from the boxbuild tweaks chapter.
* Mon Sep 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.6 → 10.1.7
* Mon Sep 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move EXEC log message to the right place
    The log information of the command execution was not printed
    directly before the actual command invocation. There are other
    actions after the log information (e.g Path.which) which itself
    produce log information prior the real subprocess execution.
    This is very misleading when reading the log file and fixed
    in this commit.
* Mon Sep 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for architectures in deb source file
    When apt resolves packages on a multiarch repo it can happen
    that dependencies for packages from other architectures are
    pulled into the solver process but are not provided by any
    repository. To overcome this behavior the repository can
    be setup to serve packages only for a specified architecture
    or list of architectures. This is related to
    OSInside/kiwi-descriptions#102
* Fri Sep 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.5 → 10.1.6
* Thu Sep 05 2024 Kostiantyn Astakhov <16296930+kastakhov@users.noreply.github.com>
  - add allowExtraConfig and exportFlags to ovftool options
    Add allowExtraConfig and exportFlags to ovftool options
* Thu Sep 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.4 → 10.1.5
* Wed Sep 04 2024 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
  - create EFI/BOOT only if UEFI boot is intended
* Wed Sep 04 2024 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
  - Fix boot support for ISO media on ppc64
    add CHRP boot support for ppc64 and add xorriso option to avoid
    file name reduction to MS-DOS compatible 8.3 format
* Tue Sep 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix initrd permissions
    kiwi stored the initrd for ISO images as 600 which might
    be too restrictive. This commit makes sure the initrd is
    stored as 644 and Fixes bsc#1229257
* Tue Sep 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed ramdisk size setup
    For setting up the brd rd_size option kiwi creates
    99-brd.conf used at load time of the kernel brd driver.
    The location for the conf file is set to /etc/modprobe.d/
    However, in newer versions the location has changed to
    /usr/lib/modprobe.d/ and /etc/modprobe.d is no longer
    expected to exist. This commit makes sure /etc/modprobe.d
    is created if not present.
* Tue Sep 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.3 → 10.1.4
* Mon Sep 02 2024 kastakhov <16296930+kastakhov@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Add note about guestOS values for vmware ovftools.
* Mon Sep 02 2024 kastakhov <16296930+kastakhov@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Add note about guestOS values for vmware platform.
* Mon Sep 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed resize of dos table type on s390
    On s390, parted is used to detect the partition table type.
    In contrast to blkid the name for DOS tables is reported
    as 'msdos' and not 'dos' which impacts several conditions
    in the kiwi initrd code which checks for 'dos'. This commit
    fixes the get_partition_table_type() method to return a
    consistent table name for DOS tables. This Fixes bsc#1228729
* Mon Sep 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "remove dependency on /usr/bin/python"
    This reverts commit 15b450188483b567ca10bb459bf50ed90e905bb7.
    The change provided here entirely broke kiwi in OBS. With this
    patch applied every image build in OBS fails with the following
    message: 'line 1: /usr/sbin/kiwi: No such file or directory'
* Mon Sep 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.2 → 10.1.3
* Sun Sep 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix bundle extension for archive types
    When bundling result files that uses an archive type like
    tbz or docker, kiwi creates them with the extension tar.xz/tar.gz
    The bundler code only uses the extension from the last tuple
    in a "." split which is wrong for "tar." filenames. This commit
    adds an exception to the prefix rule for this output filenames
    and Fixes #2628
* Sun Sep 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix ImageSystem mount procedure
    The mount() method did not take custom partitions into account.
    This commit fixes it. This Fixes #2619
* Tue Aug 27 2024 Petr Gajdos <pgajdos@suse.cz>
  - remove dependency on /usr/bin/python
* Sun Aug 25 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@velocitylimitless.com>
  - Add support for isomd5sum for tagging iso files
    The isomd5sum tool suite is used and available on all supported
    distributions except SUSE distributions, and is necessary to produce
    conformant ISOs for most Linux distributions.
    This change adds support for isomd5sum tool suite for kiwi, though
    it does not extend the kiwi-live dracut module to use it. The upstream
    dracut dmsquash-live module must be used instead.
    Co-authored-by: Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
* Sat Aug 24 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@velocitylimitless.com>
  - kiwi/builder/live: Log the correct value for Application ID
    Since it is now possible to set a custom application ID, we want
    to see this when it is being used for the image.
* Sat Aug 24 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@velocitylimitless.com>
  - kiwi/builder/live: Clean up leftover dracut configuration file
    The existence of this file breaks installers on live media that
    sync the full filesystem to disk and are not aware of this configuration
    before generating the target system initramfs.
* Fri Aug 23 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@velocitylimitless.com>
  - Allow string versions and test "word" versions
    There are descriptions out in the wild that use "non-numeric" versions
    in their descriptions, particularly without separators for splitting.
    This change switches all of this to strings rather than assuming
    numbers and gracefully handles the single word case.
* Sat Aug 17 2024 Holden R. Fried <holdenrf2021@gmail.com>
  - Add documentation for boxbuild tweaks
* Fri Aug 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed wrong log level on --logfile
    When using --logfile, the log generated there matches the
    stdout log (which without --debug, does not include any debug info).
    This is in contrast to the automatically generated one in the
    output directory, which always does and also not following the
    way how it is documented. This Fixes #2503
* Mon Aug 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed arch flag for namedCollection
    The arch flag in a namedCollection was not taken into account.
    This commit fixes this and also makes sure the result information
    is sorted and unique like we have it for the package lists.
    This Fixes #2600
* Fri Aug 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix handling of zipl.conf in plain zipl bootloader
    When using the plain zipl bootloader kiwi created a /etc/zipl.conf
    file. However, this file was only useful during image build as it
    points to a loop target device and geometry but does not represent
    a proper config file to be used in the running system. In addition
    the different distributors provides their own version and layout
    of the zipl.conf to be used inside of the system and with their
    respective tools. Thus this commit changes the way how kiwi operates
    in a way that the zipl.conf used in the initial image only exists
    during the image build process. An eventual present /etc/zipl.conf
    will not be touched by kiwi. This Fixes #2597
* Thu Aug 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.1 → 10.1.2
* Thu Aug 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Improve error reporting for remote deployment
    Add new method called show_log_and_quit which displays
    the written error log file as a file box to the user
* Thu Aug 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-orthos integration test
    Update the test such that you can also build it locally.
    Change the remote installation target to be a ramdisk
    for easy testing of remote deployments
* Thu Aug 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Setup default minimum volume size per filesystem
    The former method provided a static value but there are huge
    differences for the minimum size requirement of a filesystem.
    For example extX is fine with 30MB whereas XFS requires 300MB.
    This commit adds a more dynamic default value based on the
    used filesystem.
* Wed Aug 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase default volume size
    So far 30MB was set as default volume size which is by far
    too small for a number of filesystems, e.g btrfs and also XFS.
    This commit increases the default volume size such that all
    modern filesystems builds if the default volume size is used.
* Wed Aug 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-raid
    Apart from testing raid this integration test also tests
    a certain LVM volume setup. The test has been updated
    to use the btrfs filesystem because it has the most strict
    size requirements.
* Tue Aug 06 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Use shutil.which for Path.which
* Tue Aug 06 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Drop Path.remove & Path.rename
    Both methods were only used in one place each and it makes much more sense to
    use the pathlib builtin methods instead
* Tue Aug 06 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Replace Path.create implementation with pathlib builtin
* Tue Aug 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.1.0 → 10.1.1
* Mon Aug 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Mandatory package scripts for Debian bootstrap
    Make sure to run some mandatory package pre/post scripts
    such that settings like /etc/passwd, a root user, etc..
    exists. This action can also be done in post_bootstrap.sh
    but I think it's better to do this in the core code
* Mon Aug 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.28 → 10.1.0
* Mon Aug 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - kiwi no longer uses debootstrap
    For building Debian based images we used debootstrap to
    bootstrap an empty root until apt-get could be used to
    complete the job. This has now changed such hat apt-get
    is also used for bootstrapping a new system. The concept
    and also potential alternatives to the way kiwi bootstraps
    Debian based systems can be found here:
    * https://osinside.github.io/kiwi/working_with_images/build_without_debianbootstrap.html
    Due to the drop of debootstrap it might happen that
    package lists of existing image descriptions needs to be
    extended with packages that were formerly pulled in by
    debootstrap but did not get properly pulled in with the
    new apt based bootstrap. As reference please check out the
    integration tests from here:
    * https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/tree/main/build-tests/x86/ubuntu
    * https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/tree/main/build-tests/x86/debian
    Thanks
* Mon Aug 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.27 → 10.0.28
* Sat Aug 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    kiwi no longer uses debootstrap
* Fri Aug 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix test_process_result_bundle_as_rpm
* Fri Aug 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix Debian/Ubuntu integration tests
    Remove package hacks for debootstrap, explicitly add
    required packages and or configurations.
* Fri Aug 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop types-pkg_resources
    Got removed from PyPI
* Wed Jul 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix test_process_result_bundle_as_rpm
    os.path.basename was called on a MagicMock object which
    sometimes confused pytest
* Wed Jul 31 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - CI: Add testing against Python 3.13
    Python 3.13 is shipping in Fedora Linux for Fedora Linux 41, so we
    should ensure kiwi is tested against it. The testing setup is
    based on the latest development version of 3.13 as it is not
    yet released.
* Wed Jul 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix kiwi-repart restrictions
    The kiwi repart dracut module reads a profile file and if it
    does not exists it dies in the initrd. However, that profile
    file is not mandatory for the main resize functionality. Thus
    this commit turns this into a warning message. In addition
    the module-setup for 90kiwi-repart makes sure to include
    the required and optional profile files.
    This Fixes bsc#1228118
* Tue Jul 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Do not exclude the .profile env file by default
    kiwi's initrd modules read a .profile file which gets included
    into the initrd produced at build time. To allow rebuild of a
    host-only initrd from the booted system this information should
    be present such that it is possible to re-use kiwi initrd code.
* Tue Jul 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Get rid of debootstrap
    Replace debootstrap with an apt-get based pre-download of
    packages followed by a dpkg-deb extraction.
    This Fixes #2599
* Tue Jul 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.26 → 10.0.27
* Tue Jul 30 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix dracut-interactive with systemd 256
    With systemd 256, /usr (and thus also /bin/) is read-only in the initrd.
    Move dracut-interactive and its .service into /run instead.
* Sun Jul 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.25 → 10.0.26
* Fri Jul 19 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise scripts_testing.rst
* Fri Jul 19 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise schema_extensions.rst
* Wed Jul 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Pass kernel cmdline to agama
    In the agama integration test make sure to pass along
    the kernel boot parameters to allow controlling the
    behavior of agama better
* Mon Jul 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add <file> directive to incorporate custom files
    Usually custom files are managed by placing them as overlay
    files or archives. However, overlay files must be structured
    inside of a root/ subdirectory and archive files are binary
    data. It is therefore not straight forward to just reference
    one or more files as source files to the image description
    to be placed into the image. This commit adds a new <file>
    element which allows to do this. This Fixes #1953
* Sun Jul 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.24 → 10.0.25
* Fri Jul 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix mocking of test_process_result_bundle_as_rpm
* Fri Jul 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed logging behavior of Compress::get_format
    The get_format() method allows to check which compression format
    a given input stream has. This is done by calling the supported
    compression tools in a row and let them check if they can deal
    with the provided data or not. As a result error messages are
    logged for streams that some tool doesn't understand. However,
    those error messages are no errors and only the result of the
    checking. This information in the kiwi log file is confusing
    and several users already complained when they see information
    like:
    EXEC: Failed with stderr: /usr/bin/xz: ...: File format not recognized
    This commit changes how the compression tooling is called in a
    way that no exception is raised (which leads to the above error message)
    but the result returncode is used to decide on the success or
    error of the respective compression tooling.
* Fri Jul 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to set custom ISO Application ID
    Add new <type ... application_id="..."/> attribute to be set in
    the ISO header main block. The application ID was used as identifier
    in the legacy initrd code from former kiwi versions. Because of
    this there is still the compat layer which sets an App ID as MBR
    identifier string unless the new application_id overwrites it.
    This Fixes #1810
* Fri Jul 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.23 → 10.0.24
* Thu Jul 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration test for SUSE agama installer
    This integration test builds a self-install ISO image which
    drops the SUSE Agama installer into a ramdisk for performing
    an interactive installation procedure to test Agama
* Thu Jul 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add --set-type-attr and --set-release-version
    Allow to set/overwrite type section attributes via the cmdline.
    Allow to set/add the release-version element via the cmdline.
    This Fixes #2478 and Fixes #2588
* Wed Jul 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update integration test for eficsm
    Update the type of the Secure profile of the live image integration
    test as well as the type of the simple-disk test to make use of the
    eficsm="false" attribute to switch off CSM mode and test an EFI only
    layout.
* Wed Jul 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add new eficsm type attribute
    Allow to produce EFI/UEFI images without hybrid CSM
    capabilities. This Fixes #2407
* Wed Jul 10 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - kiwi_plugin_architecture.rst
* Wed Jul 10 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise kiwi_from_python.rst
* Wed Jul 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Wait for loop device detach to complete
    Detaching a loop device via 'losetup -d' is an async operation.
    Once the command returns the loop can still be associated with
    the block special. Therefore this commit waits until the block
    device got released or a timeout is hit. This Fixes #2580
* Tue Jul 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update requires for kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images
    On Tumbleweed several changes caused tools like strings
    or the codepage for mtools to be missing in a standard
    installation. For building disk images especially EFI
    capable ones with vendor information kiwi needs the above
    tool. This commit adds the packages providing them on
    Tumbleweed to the meta systemdeps for disk images.
    This Fixes #2585
* Mon Jul 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Supplements are not understood by Debian/Ubuntu
* Fri Jul 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add new builder for enclaves
    Add new EnclaveBuilder class which allows to build initrd-only
    image types. The first enclave implementation covers aws-nitro
    images produced via the eif_build tooling.
* Thu Jul 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Split out bash completion into a sub-package
    Per review of the SUSE packaging team we should split out
    the bash completion into its own sub-package to give users
    better control over the completion feature.
* Thu Jul 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.22 → 10.0.23
* Thu Jul 04 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - package: Add fully qualified provides for python3-kiwi in spec
    On SUSE distributions, currently the expectation is that packages
    built against the Python interpreter should have fully qualified
    names in the form of pythonXY-<modulename>. Additionally, all other
    Linux distributions prefer something similar in the form of
    pythonX.Y-<modulename>.
    This ensures we have those names so that distribution dependency
    generation works as expected.
* Thu Jul 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for arch selector on volumes
    The optional <volume ... arch=""/> attribute allows to create
    the volume only if it matches the specified host architecture.
    Multiple architecture names can be specified as comma separated
    list.
* Wed Jun 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add rd.kiwi.oem.force_resize boot option
    Forces the disk resize process on an OEM disk image.
    If set, no sanity check for unpartitioned/free space
    is performed and also an eventually configured
    <oem-resize-once> configuration from the image description
    will not be taken into account. This Fixes bsc#1224389
* Tue Jun 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed leap integration tests
    For whatever reason procps is not longer pulled in by the
    core dependencies. Thus we have to explicitly request it
* Thu Jun 20 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix potential race condition in loop detach
    The call to 'losetup -d' is in fact an async operation. Once
    the command returns the loop can still be associated with the
    former file because it gets lazy unbound and releases later.
    Prior re-use of the same loop device it is therefore required
    to wait until the kernel event queue is processed.
* Wed Jun 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed repository include to image with dnf
    When specifying a repository element with imageinclude="true",
    kiwi permanently adds the repo file inside of the image.
    The distribution standard path is used to store the repo
    file in this case. With dnf a package manager exists that is
    primarily used on Fedora and RHEL systems. Thus the standard
    path for the repo files is set to "/etc/yum.repos.d".
    However, dnf can also be used for other rpm based distributions
    e.g SUSE. On such a system the default path does not exist
    or is different because another package manager is the
    default. This commit makes sure that the expected path is
    created prior adding any repo files.
* Tue Jun 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.21 → 10.0.22
* Mon Jun 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed selinux labels for boot files
    When kiwi calls the bootloader config and installation modules
    several files gets created as unlabeled_t because the labeling
    happened earlier. This commit ensures that setfiles gets called
    after BootLoaderConfig and/or BootLoaderInstall has done its
    job. This Fixes #2568
* Mon Jun 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add bash to package requirements
    If there are script evaluations that does not specify
    an interpreter, kiwi uses bash for it. The same applies
    for sub-process invocations using shell pipelines. Thus
    the bash shell is a required tool for kiwi under certain
    circumstances. Further details in Issue #2567
* Wed Jun 12 2024 Pavel Zhukov <pavel@zhukoff.net>
  - test-image-live: add shadow package
    Fixes:
    KiwiCommandError: chroot: stderr: /usr/bin/chroot: failed to run command ‘usermod’: No such file or directory
* Tue Jun 11 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix displaying the image verification failure dialog
    Kiwi must wait for the previous dialog to finish before showing another
    one as it's the same systemd service behind it.
* Mon Jun 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to customize the path of the isoscan cowfile
    Added rd.live.cowfile.path option to specify the cowfile at
    any path below the isoscan-loop-mount. This Fixes #2554
* Mon Jun 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Better error handling on grub vendor dir lookup
    The strings command is used to lookup the in-efi binary encoded
    vendor path. However, if the strings or bash command is not availabe
    on the build host, the command silently failed and moved into the
    standard (non vendored) EFI boot path. This can lead to a broken
    boot for those distros and image targets which requires a vendor
    directory and should lead to an error message instead of a
    successful image build. This Fixes #2565
* Mon Jun 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed profile variable settings for preferences
    It's allowed to have multiple preferences sections. If those
    sections provides the same value multiple times, e.g keytable,
    the last one in the row will win. The setup of the variables
    in .profile environment file for the preferences elements is
    not following this rule and used the first section not the
    last. This commit fixes the profile variables to match the
    actual setup and Fixes #2560
* Thu Jun 06 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise users.rst
* Thu Jun 06 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - REvise systemdeps.rst
* Thu Jun 06 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise shell_scripts.rst
* Thu Jun 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add initrd boot option rd.kiwi.allow_plymouth
    By default kiwi stops plymouth if present and active in the
    initrd. Setting rd.kiwi.allow_plymouth will keep plymouth
    active in the initrd including all effects that might have
    to the available consoles. This is related to bsc#1214824
* Thu Jun 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop use of obsolete tool isconsole
    isconsole was provided with the dropped kiwi-tools package.
    It was a simple C application that checked the capabilities
    of the current console. In the context of fbiterm it was just
    used to provide proper error messages which fbiterm on its
    own did not show. As also fbiterm is on its way to become
    obsolete and isconsole is already no longer present, it's ok
    to just drop that extra check and therefore keep the fbiterm
    mode functional if one manages to include fbiterm and its
    fonts into the initrd
* Tue Jun 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.20 → 10.0.21
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add missing write_meta_data method to BLS base
    The standard bootloader interface class provided a method
    named write_meta_data which is expected to be implemented
    in the specialized bootloader implementation. For BLS
    bootloaders this method was missing in the BLS base class.
    write_meta_data can provide additional cmdline options
    for booting. If not covered some boot options might be
    missing. This patch fixes it
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix TW integration test to build outside OBS
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure BootLoaderConfig fixes are effective
    The BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class has methods to fix the grub-mkconfig
    generated files. It does that by mounting the system and changing the
    respective files after the mkconfig call. However, after the change
    the class instance stays open in combination with BootLoaderInstallGrub2
    instance which itself under certain circumstances also mounts the
    system to call grub-install. At the time grub-install is called it
    cannot be guaranteed that all changes has been written unless an
    explicit umount in the BootLoaderConfigGrub2 class instance happened.
    This commit address the potential race condition.
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.19 → 10.0.20
* Mon Jun 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update rawhide integration test
    Use new arch attribute for testing in the repository
    element of the rawhide/test-image-live-disk integration
    test.
* Sat Jun 01 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for arch attr in repository element
    Allow to provide different repository sections per architecture
* Fri May 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add --list-profiles to image info
    Allow to list available profiles from the processed image
    description
* Thu May 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.18 → 10.0.19
* Wed May 29 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - package: Always include patches and number all sources and patches
    This ensures that stuff is applied reliably and all sources and patches
    are included as expected.
    Then the added kiwi-revert-bls-default-for-suse.patch is applied
    conditionally for SUSE distributions.
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.17 → 10.0.18
* Wed May 29 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
  - package: adjust openSUSE patch
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.16 → 10.0.17
* Wed May 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed box plugin documentation
    The provided example was no longer correct according to
    changes on the image description referenced in the example
* Fri May 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add procps to Tumbleweed integration tests
* Thu May 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add procps to Tumbleweed integration tests
* Sun May 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix sdist upstream tarball contents
    The .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt file is referenced by tox.ini
    but not put into the sdist tarball and therefore missing in the
    pypi upstream data.
* Fri May 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop use of obsolete pkg_resources
    As documented in https://setuptools.pypa.io/en/latest/pkg_resources.html
    the use of pkg_resources is obsolete and will cause issues.
    So happened on Debian unstable. This Fixes #2548
* Thu May 09 2024 Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
  - RepositoryDnf5: correct defaults, set system_cachedir
    The "defaults" in `use_default_location` here are the dnf4
    defaults, not the dnf5 defaults, so let's update them. Also, for
    dnf5, we need to set `system_cachedir` instead of `cachedir` -
    see https://dnf5.readthedocs.io/en/latest/misc/caching.7.html ,
    `system_cachedir` is the cache location used when running as
    root, `cachedir` is the cache location used when running as a
    regular user.
    Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.15 → 10.0.16
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - poetry build doesn't like symlinks
    The sdist tarball produced by poetry build does not include
    all files and skipped symlinks in test/data. This caused the
    unit test run to fail if called from within that sources
* Wed May 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix spec file
    Require docopt-ng for Fedora 41+
* Tue May 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.14 → 10.0.15
* Tue May 07 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - REview runtime_configuration.rst
* Tue May 07 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Review repository_setup.rst
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for stopsignal in containerconfig
    Allow to specify the stopsignal via the containerconfig
    element as the following example shows
    <type image="docker">
    <containerconfig ...>
    <stopsignal>SIGINT</stopsignal>
    </containerconfig>
    </type>
    This Fixes #2543
* Thu May 02 2024 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
  - Fix set_disk_password to be effective
    Since commit 8aa517eb7 it is necessary to call
    _mount_device_and_volumes() prior making any modifications
    to boot files. In addition handle potential errors
    from the grub.cfg modification better.
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Makefile
    Make sure custom patches are part of the package sources
* Thu May 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.13 → 10.0.14
* Thu May 02 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - doc: Document the bls option for the grub bootloader
* Wed May 01 2024 Neal Gompa <ngompa@opensuse.org>
  - Temporarily revert grub-bls default to false for SUSE distributions
    For the time being, SUSE distributions cannot handle KIWI's default
    to use BLS with GRUB2. Until they catch up, revert this for them only.
* Wed May 01 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - kiwi/bootloader: restore backward compatibility for grub2 with bls
    The change to introduce the bls parameter broke backward compatibility
    with all existing kiwi descriptions for distributions that default to BLS.
    This fixes that by allowing the unset state to be equivalent to enabling it.
    Fixes: 8a8190098cb30358459ba10a4db1ba6446eee8c2
* Tue Apr 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.12 → 10.0.13
* Mon Apr 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Overwrite compression setting only if randomized
    When building an encrypted image, the bundler never compressed
    the result. This overwrite from the runtime configuration and
    the default compression setting actually only makes sense when
    the image is randomized because only then a compression is
    for sure useless. This Fixes #2540
* Mon Apr 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure lsblk output is sorted by dev name
    lsblk without the sorting option can provide the list
    of devices in different order. This patch makes sure
    lsblk sorts the output by the device name.
    This Fixes bsc#1223374
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Romain Geissler <romain.geissler@amadeus.com>
  - Stop leaking plugins/{priorities,versionlock}.conf file with dnf4/5.
    This fixes the fedora issue
    https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=2270364
    Signed-off-by: Romain Geissler <romain.geissler@amadeus.com>
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix luks_randomize setting
    Make sure the value passed for luks_randomize in the description
    becomes effective. It was not possible to switch off luks_randomize
    because any "not" value was turned into a true value. The actual
    default should therefore only apply in case luks_randomize is
    not specified at all which means only a None value will turn
    into a true value for this setting.
* Fri Apr 26 2024 Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
  - Fix package removal with dnf5
    dnf5 does not implement `dnf autoremove <package>` as a synonym
    for `--setopt=clean_requirements_on_remove=true remove <package>`
    as dnf4 did. So, we should do it this way instead.
    Signed-off-by: Adam Williamson <awilliam@redhat.com>
* Thu Apr 25 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
  - Add 'bls' parameter for the bootloader
* Sat Apr 20 2024 Iván Chavero <ichavero@chavero.com.mx>
  - Fix efifatimagesize attribute type
    The efifatimagesize attribute type value is set to "oem" but the documentation says
    that it is intended to be also used for creating ISO images. This causes a schema error
    when this attribute is set on a profile with type "iso" and blocks changing the EFI
    boot image size which is a problem if the image is bigger than 20M. This commit
    allows to specify the attribute also for the "iso" type
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add missing tool requires
    Latest changes on the bundler used sed and file
    which were not required by the spec. This is
    related to bsc#1221790
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add vmdk format to test-image-bundle-format
    Allow to check if the bundle format rename is applied
    in the new bundle reference checker code
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix file references in kiwi bundler result files
    When using a custom bundle_format the kiwi result bundler renames
    the output files to match the bundle_format. However, if there are
    output files that references other output files, for example the
    vmware binary (.vmdk) in the guest config file (.vmx) then this
    renaming breaks those result files. This patch adds a reference
    file check for all non binary output files if they contain a
    reference to another output file and updates the data accordingly.
    This Fixes bsc#1221790
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't compress vmdk images
    Like with qcow2 it's not expected that the format type gets
    compressed in the bundle
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Alberto Planas <aplanas@suse.com>
  - kiwi.rnc: define bls parameter for bootloader
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Keep runtime_checker_metadata.yml as module file
    It was a bad idea to install a mandatory source file outside
    the module path. This prevents running kiwi from source
* Fri Apr 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed Arch build
    Forgot to add install of runtime_checker_metadata.yml
* Thu Apr 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update tumbleweed/test-image-disk integration test
* Thu Apr 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Handle XSLT errors better
    Make sure etree.XSLTApplyError is a known error in the kiwi
    scope and raise an appropriate exception
* Wed Apr 17 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise profiles.rst
* Wed Apr 17 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise packages.rst
* Wed Apr 17 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise customize_the_boot_process.rst
* Wed Apr 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.11 → 10.0.12
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop concept of volumes_mounted_initially
    The volume mount should be the same process no matter
    if it happens for the first time or subsequently
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed mountpoint to use for read-only property
    Make sure get_mountpoint() is used to retrieve the correct
    mountpoint for the root entry point. Using the self.mountpoint
    member is not always correct
* Mon Apr 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prevent extra volume mount/umount on btrfs
    For setting up the read-only property an extra mount of the
    btrfs sub-volumes was issued. However, all volumes are mounted
    at that time. Thus it's not required to mount them again, resulting
    in a busy state because of the auto-snapshot mounts which does
    not get umounted and keeps a busy state until the lazy umount
    kicks in. This Fixes #2529
* Fri Apr 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added IBM Secure Execution support on s390
    IBM SEL(Secure Execution for Linux) is supported for s390
    KVM guests. SEL images used to start a confidential computing
    protected guest contain an encrypted boot image which encapsulates
    the kernel the initrd and the bootparams. The encrypted Image is
    provided by the KVM/hypervisor to the Embedded zFirmware of the
    system (the ultravisor device). The decryption keys are hardware
    based and each system has an individual keypool unique to that
    system. The root filesystem is LUKS encrypted with a random key
    produced by kiwi at build time and kept inside of the initrd which
    exists only inside of the encrypted boot image and the encrypted
    rootfs to allow kernel updates. The commit to support secure
    execution also comes with an integration test that provides
    profiled image builds to target SUSE's LinuxONE as well
    as IBM Cloud systems.
* Tue Apr 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix typo in documentation main page
    Superfluous format sequence
* Mon Apr 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added another search path for signed EFI binaries
    Add /usr/lib/grub/*-efi-signed to search for shim signed EFI
    binaries too. This Fixes #2525
* Mon Apr 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed runtime checks for dracut module packages
    Unfortunately the packaging of kiwi on Debian follows different
    naming conventions for dracut module packages which causes
    the runtime check to fail. This commit allows to check for
    multiple package names and adds the variants used on Debian.
    This Fixes #2524
* Thu Apr 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.10 → 10.0.11
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add schema upgrade opportunity for old schemas
    kiwi files using a schema version < 7.4 are no longer supported
    by kiwi >= v10.x.x. Thus this commit provides the required
    XSL stylesheets to upgrade older schemas to v74 such that they
    can be consumed by the latest kiwi version. The needed xsltproc
    instruction is placed on the main page of the documentation.
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete kiwi compat mode
    The compat mode allowed a kiwi v7 legacy argument translation
    and is obsolete since a long time
* Wed Apr 03 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make excludes in bootstrap effective for dnf
    Followup fix to really use the ignore information in the dnf
    package manager implementation. This Fixes #2499
* Thu Mar 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.9 → 10.0.10
* Wed Mar 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.8 → 10.0.9
* Wed Mar 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix setup of discoverable partitions
    Make sure GUI is unique and typecode is set according to the
    standard. This Fixes #2517
* Tue Mar 26 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise customize_boot
* Mon Mar 25 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Live ISO Wait for udev events after repart
    Make sure to wait for the event queue to become empty after
    the creation of the write partition. When kiwi calls the
    code to create the write partition this emits new udev events.
    It's important to wait for the event queue to become empty
    to avoid a potential regression on the use of the device nodes.
    In the processing of the events it can happen that a device
    gets removed and re-added. If we don't want for udev
    to process the entire queue it can happen that the
    wrong block device is used. This wrong selection is only
    possible because the way how hybrid ISOs are designed exposes
    both, the disk and the partition for the root device with
    the same label. This Fixes bsc#1213595
* Sat Mar 23 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.7 → 10.0.8
* Fri Mar 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix zipl setup for use with custom btrfs root vol
    In the setup case that btrfs is used for the system and
    the root partition is on a custom named volume (not /),
    this information was not passed to the zipl bootloader
    instance and this caused the mounting of the overall
    root system to fail. This commit fixes it
* Fri Mar 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow ignore stanza in bootstrap
    So far the <ignore> stanza was only effective when placed
    as part of the type="image" packages section. This commit
    allows to place it also to the type="bootstrap" packages.
    This Fixes #2499
* Wed Mar 20 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.6 → 10.0.7
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for %v in bundle format
    Allow a placeholder for the entire version text as
    provided by the <version> section
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow bundle format to be set on the commandline
    The bundle format is usually specified as part of the image
    description in the bundle_format attribute. This commit also
    allows to specify/overwrite the bundle format in the kiwi
    result bundle command via the new --bundle-format option.
    This Fixes #2509
* Tue Mar 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.5 → 10.0.6
* Mon Mar 18 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixup cleanup of zipl templates
    Make sure temporary modifications to the zipl template
    and config file are not effective in the later system.
    This Fixes bsc#1221469
* Thu Mar 14 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise system_update.rst
* Thu Mar 14 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise system_prepare.rst
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise system_create.rst
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.4 → 10.0.5
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for use of /boot/zipl
    The mounting of /boot/zipl is also only required if the
    bootloader is set to grub2_s390x_emu
* Wed Mar 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update schema version in spec file
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop rpm-dir from allowed repository type
    Using an arbitrary list of rpm packages as repository is a zypper
    only feature, barely tested and from our pov not really needed
    as a simple createrepo call turns any custom list of packages
    into a clean rpm-md repo including metadata. This commit drops
    rpm-dir from the list of allowed repository types and auto
    converts those image descriptions which makes use of it. Please
    note this does not prevent users from using flat package
    directories with zypper, because the type argument in the
    repository section is an optional attribute. In case there is
    no type specification zypper auto-detects and handles the data
    as it handles it. This Fixes #1926
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise system_build.rst
* Tue Mar 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixup use of /boot/zipl
    Only for the grub2_s390x_emu bootloader setup an optional boot
    partition setup must be put to /boot/zipl rather than to /boot
* Mon Mar 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Lookup distro provided BLS entries for zipl
    Check if there is already an entry file name produced by the
    distribution logic/policy. If we can find an already present
    entry name, prefer this name over the kiwi naming policy
* Mon Mar 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install audit in s390 rawhide integration test
* Sun Mar 10 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.3 → 10.0.4
* Sat Mar 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete invalid EPEL repo from rawhide tests
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix s390 tools and grub requirement
    On Fedora/RHEL this is named s390utils and there is no grub2
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added rawhide integration test
* Fri Mar 08 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Temp commit
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.2 → 10.0.3
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise image_size, kiwi
* Thu Mar 07 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Ensure we use a compatible docopt-ng version
    To ensure our trick to switch between docopt and docopt-ng works,
    we need to have a higher minimum version for docopt-ng where
    compatibility with the original docopt was restored.
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed delta_root build
    The support for delta_root allows to build a delta container
    image from a given base container. Due to the refactoring of
    the kiwi code base using context managers no explicit deletion
    of instances happens anymore. This uncovered a weakness of
    the delta root code at the level of the overlay mount. At
    the time of the umount there are still active temporary
    mount handlers which keeps the mountpoint busy. In order to
    fix this properly also the PackageManager factory is now
    a context manager and the Repository factory received a
    cleanup method which is called when the PackageManager goes
    out of scope. This refactoring also fixes the busy state
    when building deltas
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.1 → 10.0.2
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't use poetry publish
    Publishing to pypi is done via pypa/gh-action-pypi-publish
    and the respective auth token. Calling poetry publish does
    not work because this is not authorized
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 10.0.0 → 10.0.1
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop ci-kiwi-9-compliant.yml
    Delete this action as it existed in the intermediate state
    prior the new major version v10.x.x
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add tzdata to Debian tests
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed sync script for test-image-rpi on Ubuntu
* Wed Mar 06 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install language-pack-en for Ubuntu arm test
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install locales-all for Debian tests
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install language-pack-en for Debian tests
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix repo setup for Ubuntu arm test
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install network stack for Debian test
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Request util-linux explicitly for Ubuntu tests
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add usr-is-merged to package list for bootstrap
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install language-pack-en for Ubuntu tests
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Ubuntu integration tests to Lunar
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-rpi for Ubuntu on arm
    Do not install kiwi as test application
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix repo setup for Debian integration tests
    Staging repo must be first for higher prio
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-docker-derived
    Don't install kiwi as test application, use something
    smaller, just vim
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Debian build test from Buster to Bookworm
    Move from Debian 11 to Debian 12 for integration testing
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Ubuntu integration tests from Jammy to Mantic
    Use Ubuntu 23.10 for the integration tests and move away from 22.04
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Switch to Poetry and use pyproject.toml definitions
    This allows kiwi to be built, developed, tested, and installed
    through Poetry. This also raises the minimum Python version to 3.9.
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete test-image-microdnf
    microdnf is dead and dnf5 took over
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete test-image-live-disk-v8
    CentOS-8 is EOL and dropped from upstream kiwi
* Tue Mar 05 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise image info
* Mon Mar 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for BLS zipl
    Add support for <bootloader name="zipl" .../> to support BLS
    based zipl configuration. This Fixes #2481
* Fri Mar 01 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Review Build WSL container
* Fri Mar 01 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Revise Build simple disk
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update v9 compliance action
    put the cherry-pick tests into an extra script and
    provide a skip list of commits for manual checking
    if needed
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix activation of luks pool in the initrd
    kiwi called systemd-cryptsetup directly which does not take
    the settings available in /etc/crypttab into account. This
    commit changes the activation procedure in a way that the
    generator created unit file systemd-cryptsetup@... is used
    This Fixes bsc#1219009
* Thu Feb 29 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Apply changelog fixes by glob
    Does not require Makefile changes when maintaining branches
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add changelog fix file for commit deb6ca
    The commit used a wrong e-mail address which should not
    land in the created changes file for the packaging
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Set default output console to gfxterm for grub
    If no console setting is done in the image description for grub
    the default output console is set to: gfxterm and the default
    input console is set to: console. This Fixes bsc#1219074
* Wed Feb 28 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Catch error condition more specific
    Only a KiwiCommandError is an exception we want to
    catch and handle, everything else is a bug and should
    not be masked
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add silent flag to CommandCapabilities
    an instance of CommandCapabilities allows to check for specific
    options of a command. If the parsing of options has failed a
    warning message is created by default. Under certain circumstances
    like the check for the --help option of setfiles, such a warning
    message can be misleading information in the build log file.
    Therefore the new silent flag allows to suppress the warning
    message and the flag is used for the capabilities of the
    setfiles utility. This Fixes #2350
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix documentation preferlvm example
    The custom volumes example shows a faulty XML description.
    This Fixes #2483
* Tue Feb 27 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move SystemPrepare to context manager
    Change the SystemPrepare class to context manager.
    All code using SystemPrepare was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with SystemPrepare(...) as system_prepare:
    system_prepare.some_member()
    This completes the refactoring from finalizers to
    context managers and Fixes #2412
* Mon Feb 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fallback to built-in partition UUID table
    If systemd-id128 is not found or failed use the kiwi built-in
    table as defined by the UAPI group to assign the partition UUID
* Mon Feb 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move DiskFormat to context manager
    Change the DiskFormat Factory to be a context manager.
    All code using DiskFormat was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with DiskFormat(...).new as disk_format:
    disk_format.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added requirement for xmltodict to spec
    Actually the real issue to this defect seems to live in the
    anymarkup source code. It seems that the import of xmltodict
    at the beginning of the core module is optional, but later on
    when handling XML xmltodict seems to be mandatory, see here:
    https://github.com/bkabrda/anymarkup-core/blob/08896a8215819edcc413e3f2588518046
    9a4c2ed/anymarkup_core/__init__.py#L210-L229. Because this
    issue can result in a "ImportError: Can't parse xml: xmltodict not installed"
    turning kiwi into a bad exit condition I propose to add
    this python requirement to the kiwi spec as a workaround and
    try fixing the anymarkup packaging and module setup upstream
    in addition. To my knowledge all relevant distributions
    provides xmltodict
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed type hint for pinch_system method
    The PackageManager argument is allowed to be optional
* Sat Feb 24 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for discoverable partitions
    Set PARTUUID according to systemd-id128 if applicable
    This Fixes #1385
* Thu Feb 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Repository to context manager
    Change the Repository Factory to be a context manager.
    All code using Repository was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with Repository(...).new as repo:
    repo.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Thu Feb 22 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Build LiveISO review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Buil KIS review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Build expandable disk review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Dmitri Popov <dpopov@suse.com>
  - Build container image review
* Wed Feb 21 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow terminal emulation setup from the cmdline
    Using rd.kiwi.term will export the TERM variable into the initrd
    environment. In case the default value for the terminal emulation
    is not appropriate rd.kiwi.term can be used to overwrite the default.
    The environment is also passed to the systemd unit which calls
    dialog based programs in kiwi dracut code, such that the TERM
    setting will be effective there too. For example:
    rd.kiwi.term=vt100
    This is related to bsc#1218095
* Tue Feb 20 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed implementation for oem-shutdown
    If specified oem-shutdown caused a reboot -f -p which is
    a powerdown but not a graceful shutdown. This commit fixes
    this by using systemctl halt for a clean shutdown.
    This Fixes #2474
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move VolumeManager to context manager
    Change the VolumeManager Factory to be a context manager.
    All code using VolumeManager was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with VolumeManager(...).new as volume_manager:
    volume_manager.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Refactor Command class
    Command.run() currently has a bit of a confusing behavior: if raise_on_error is
    False and the executable is not found, then a weird CommandT is returned (return
    code is -1 and stdout+stderr is None). This makes it possible to hanlde command
    not found errors separately, but it makes that needlessly verbose. So instead,
    let's just return None in *this* special case.
    That in turn uncovered, that in most cases when we set `raise_on_error=True`, we
    actually want an error if the command is not present but no error if the command
    fails to execute (e.g. because it returns -1 if you run `$cmd --version`). Hence we
    introduce the flag `raise_on_command_not_found`, which causes an exception to
    be raised if the command is not found. This makes it independent of the
    `raise_on_error` flag.
    Additionally, we add a small optimization: if command starts with /, then we
    assume it's a full path and we omit the call to which (and just check whether it
    exists).
    Co-authored-by: Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move ImageSystem to context manager
    Change the ImageSystem class to context manager.
    All code using ImageSystem was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with ImageSystem(...) as image_system:
    image_system.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow empty cherry-picks for compliance test
    If we cherry-pick from main to master the compliance check
    will notice that a commit already exists. This is not an error
    and we can allow to continue the picking via --allow-empty
* Mon Feb 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for .profile.extra
    Allow to source .profile.extra such that it is possible to
    read and act on e.g cmdline parameters. This is related to
    bsc#1218095
* Sun Feb 18 2024 Alexandre Detiste <alexandre.detiste@gmail.com>
  - Use unittest.mock from core python everywhere
    mock was an independent module that has been merged into the Python standard library.
* Fri Feb 16 2024 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Include partprobe in initrd for s390
    This commit includes partprobe, in addition to parted, on
    s390 based systems. Otherwise partx is used and apparently
    it does not properly support s390.
    Fixes bsc#1219798
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Feb 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed MicroOS integration test
    temporarily disable ignition/combustion/growpart and use
    kiwi's resize code for testing, oem-resize set to true
* Thu Feb 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed kis documentation
    The procedure to run qemu with a filesystem image as disk
    was not quite correct.
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation about partition clones
    Using the root_clone attribute comes with some requirements
    and consequences. This commit documents them
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Improve documentation generation
    With Sphinx >= 6.0.0, jQuery is no longer included but the rtd theme's search
    functionality needs it. The theme was changed to load sphinxcontrib-jquery
    automatically with https://github.com/readthedocs/sphinx_rtd_theme/pull/1399,
    but kiwi broke this fix by loading the theme in the wrong way.
    Now that the theme is loaded properly, the search functionality also works
    with newer versions of sphinx again and the version pinning can be lifted.
    This Fixes: #2462
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Allow specifying the filesystem for live image, also direct squashfs
    Allow specifying the filesystem for live image, also direct squashfs
    By setting <type image="iso" filesystem="FSTYPE" .../> it's now possible
    to specify the filesystem used for live images. By using "squashfs", the
    rootfs container is skipped entirely.
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for reading .profile.extra in initrd
    If there is the file /.profile.extra available in the
    initrd, kiwi will import this additional environment file
    after the import of the standard /.profile file.
    This is related to bsc#1218095
* Wed Feb 14 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't run ci-kiwi-9-compliant action on forks
* Tue Feb 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix setup of UUID for btrfs
    When setting up the UUID for a btrfs filesystem via btrfstune
    it could happen that the call becomes interactive asking
    a question and give a recommendation. All this is unwanted
    and can be forced via the -f switch. This Fixes #2456
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move OCI to context manager
    Change the OCI Factory to be a context manager.
    All code using OCI was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with OCI(...).new as oci:
    oci.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop destructor from CommandProcess
    There is code that sends a SIGTERM to the process in case
    there is no error code information. I believe in this case
    sending SIGTERM will not kill the process (defunct) and I
    also don't see in what good condition we would be entering
    this state.
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of custom bootloader
    In case no bootloader implementation by kiwi should be
    used, users can specify the bootloader="custom" attribute.
    Instead of skipping the bootloader stage in the builders
    it is better to consistently create an instance of bootloader
    but raise if a method of the bootloader interface is called
    for which the custom bootloader has no implementation. This
    commit adds the consistency bits.
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed scope of BootLoaderConfig instance
    Due to the refactor of BootLoaderConfig into context managers
    we had two instances of BootLoaderConfig. However, the first
    instance holds data the second instance needs which caused an
    issue. This commit makes sure there is one BootLoaderInstance
    within the lifetime of required services
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow integration test to build outside of obs too
* Mon Feb 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix for drop obsolete C tools from kiwi
    The spec file make call to build the C code was forgotten
    to be deleted
* Sun Feb 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop obsolete C tools from kiwi
    For building custom initrd images kiwi provided some
    optional helper tools. All these C written tools are
    old and outdated and either not useful anymore or
    replaced by other tools that are part of the distribution
    matrix we support. Thus with the move to the next
    major release those can go away. This also include the
    package kiwi-tools which was used to provide them
* Wed Feb 07 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Several examples still pointed to Leap 15.3 repos, but we are
    at Leap 15.5. Thus this commit shifts towards Leap 15.5
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Remove destructor from BootLoaderInstallGrub2
    With MountManager as context manager the BootLoaderInstallGrub2
    class doesn't need a destructor anymore. This is related
    to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Remove obsolete destructor from BootImageDracut
    With MountManager as context manager the BootImageDracut
    class doesn't need a destructor anymore. This is
    related to Issue #2412
* Mon Feb 05 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Raid Luks and Integrity to context manager
    Change the RaidDevice, LuksDevice and IntegrityDevice classes
    to context manager:
    with RaidDevice(...) as raid:
    raid.some_member()
    with LuksDevice(...) as luks:
    luks.some_member()
    with IntegrityDevice(...) as integrity:
    integrity.some_member()
    In the context of the disk builder an ExitStack is used to
    handle the new context manager based classes
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Feb 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix error message regarding ovftool
    For ova support kiwi still uses the proprietary ovftool
    from VMware. The error message if the tool could not be
    found was broken and the link to the VMware page was also
    outdated.
* Fri Feb 02 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop PDF build of the documentation
    The kiwi.pdf file as provided in the kiwi-man-pages package
    was never really used by our users but comes with a huge
    dependency chain to LaTex. We provide the documentation
    online as well as converted to DocBook from where all other
    formats could be derived. Thus there is no need for us to
    produce an extra PDF document which is imho never consulted.
    In addition to this change also the contributing chapter has
    been reworked. Due to recent changes and drop of obsolete
    components from kiwi as well as the effort to move the development
    setup to poetry, there is only one non python tool needed
    for the development of kiwi. The check for this tool has been
    moved into the Makefile and all other checks formerly done
    in the helper/install_devel_packages script were deleted.
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix crypto LUKS integration test
    The integration test build also encrypts /boot which requires
    grub to open the LUKS pool using cryptomount. grub does not support
    the argonID salted password hashes. Thus the integration test
    description configures pbkdf2 instead
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use ExitStack for MountManagers
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Only pass appropriate bootloader arguments
    When constructing a BootLoaderConfig instance only pass
    arguments appropriate to the selected bootloader. It does
    not hurt but it is bad style and unnecessary data and
    code points if e.g grub relevant information is passed
    when we actually setup systemd-boot
* Wed Jan 31 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix reading of os-release file
    If the /etc/os-release file contains comments or spaces
    python's csv reader will throw an exception. Thus this
    data must be ripped out prior reading
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to use Literal for all python versions
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Better error message on module import
* Tue Jan 30 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move Disk to context manager
    Change the Disk class to be a context manager.
    All code using Disk was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with Disk(...) as disk:
    disk.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-rpi for TW
    No need to pull in zypper plugin that does not resolve on TW
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    drop documentation for isolinux in API and user docs
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Fix invalid escape sequence
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add missing assert call to install_test
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Correct type hint of mbrid parameter
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Convert BootLoaderConfigBase into an abstract base class
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Convert BootLoaderConfig to free function
    The class serves really no purpose except for creating another
    namespace. This function now allows us to have more stricter type checking.
* Fri Jan 26 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - better function name
* Mon Jan 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop support for syslinux/isolinux
    SYSLINUX has been abandoned for several years now, and it does not
    even work with modern versions of the filesystems supported in kiwi.
    This commit drops it and Fixes #2433
* Mon Jan 22 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update build tests
    Delete use of syslinux/isolinux
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move BootLoaderConfig to context manager
    Change the BootLoaderConfig class to be a context manager.
    All code using BootLoaderConfig was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with BootLoaderConfig.new(...) as bootloader_config:
    bootloader_config.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - [docs] make copyright year dynamic
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Silence Shellcheck warning SC2004
    It causes false positives in array expressions,
    e.g. device_array[${device_index}]
    (see: https://www.shellcheck.net/wiki/SC2004)
* Fri Jan 19 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Quote shell variables to prevent word splitting
    this fixes shellcheck warning SC2086
    https://www.shellcheck.net/wiki/SC2086
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add type hints & doc to VolumeManagerBase & VolumeManagerBtrfs
    Also add additional tests for test coverage of typing edge cases
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Correct invalid escape sequence
    \/ is not a valid escape sequence, it just needs to be forwarded to the shell
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - DiskBuilder: use ExitStack to unmount partitions
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - FileSystemBase & VolumeManagerBase: return a MountManager from sync_data
    This allows us to unmount the filesystems via the returned context manager
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Don't catch all exceptions in MountManager.umount
* Thu Jan 18 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Implement a context manager interface for MountManager
* Wed Jan 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Debian distro for integration tests
    We require python >= 3.9
* Wed Jan 17 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor disk builder for use with context manager
    In preparation to further context manager related changes
    in VolumeManager, LuksDevice, RaidDevice and more the
    disk builder code which uses these classes needs to be
    refactored beforehand to allow switching to context
    manager based cascading of the storage device classes.
    This commit does the refactoring and is related to
    Issue #2412
* Tue Jan 16 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix for drop of hybrid boot snippets
    The following is left over code from the drop of the hybrid
    boot templates.
* Tue Jan 16 2024 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Drop hybrid boot snippets from the GRUB 2 configuration template
    Sometime between GRUB 2.04 and GRUB 2.06, it became no longer
    necessary to use "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" for UEFI boot. The
    standard "linux"+"initrd" stanzas work for both legacy BIOS boot
    and modern UEFI boot.
    Some distributions no longer support "linuxefi"+"initrdefi" at all
    anymore, so let's just use "linux"+"initrd" for everything now.
* Mon Jan 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't create default entry for sd-boot loader.conf
* Mon Jan 15 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Type cleanup, no use of Any type in disk builder
    Use proper Union declaration for system variable and add
    consistency layer into Filesystem/VolumeManager classes to
    meet the type declaration as well as to simplify further
    refactoring on these classes
* Sat Jan 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Compat entry name for kernel-install in sd-boot
    systemd-boot tools like kernel-install expect a certain
    entry naming policy. This commit adapts kiwi to adapt to
    this policy. The name for the default entry is constructed
    out of the ID information from /etc/os-release followed
    by the name of the kernel as it is represented by the
    directory name in /lib/modules/... This Fixes #2417
* Sat Jan 13 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop SLE integration tests
    The kiwi version for SLE is maintained in the git repos
    * https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi_sle15
    * https://github.com/SUSE/kiwi_sle12
    and has its own set of QA integration tests in the internal
    build service.
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Apply different cherry-pick strategy
    cherry picking merge commits is not easily possible. Thus get
    the list of commits and check if it can be applied in a series
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Reduce XSL transformation list
    Minimum schema version to start with is v74
    This Fixes #2368
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed custom ISO boot template
    The archlinux integration test used a custom iso boot
    template which still contained the terminal_setup variable.
    This commit fixed the template to use the new terminal_input
    and terminal_output variables
* Fri Jan 12 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete clicfs from documentation API
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move FileSystem to context manager
    Change the FileSystem class to be a context manager. All code using
    FileSystem was updated to the following with statement:
    with FileSystem.new(...) as filesystem:
    filesystem.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update unit test data to schema v8.0
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update major schema version from 7.6 -> 8.0
    With the switch to schema v8.x we allow for non compatible
    changes in regards to the v7.x stream. Thus this commit also
    deletes the support for clicfs from the schema
* Thu Jan 11 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop clicfs support
    clicfs was a fuse userspace implementation of an overlay
    filesystem. Since overlayfs became the default overlay filesystem
    there is no reason for kiwi to keep the clicfs support
* Wed Jan 10 2024 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Use obsrepositories for the CentOS 9 image
    We were relying on the repos being parsed from the kiwi description but this can
    cause problems and gives us less flexibility when it comes to fixing repository
    setup issues.
    This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2335
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.22 → 10.0.0
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move workflow runs to main branch
    Make sure all github actions runs from main
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.21 → 9.25.22
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add compliance action
    Check if the commits of a pull request can be cherry-picked to
    the master, which is the kiwi v9.x.x code stream.
* Tue Jan 09 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed regression in GRUB_SERIAL_COMMAND setup
    The condition to write the serial line setup was broken.
    This commit fixes it. Related to Issue #2419
* Mon Jan 08 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed grub terminal setup
    The grub terminal setup is divided into the setting for the output
    and the input console. For both settings different parameters exists.
    So far kiwi did not differentiate between the two parts of the
    console setup and that could lead to a wrong setting if only one
    value is provided in kiwi's console= attribute which lead to the
    grub setting, GRUB_TERMINAL=value. If value is set to e.g gfxterm
    grub takes this for both input and output and it's obviously
    wrong for the input. To make this less error prune the kiwi code
    changes with this commit to set GRUB_TERMINAL_INPUT and
    GRUB_TERMINAL_OUTPUT rather than GRUB_TERMINAL and also runs sanity
    checks on the provided values if they are applicable. The information
    for setting up the console in the schema stays untouched though.
    That's because it's used for all bootloaders and also because grub
    supports multiple values for the console in/out setting in one
    GRUB_TERMINAL variable even though kiwi does no longer use it.
    To make this clear for the users also the documentation for the
    console attribute setup has been updated. If we want to wish two
    distinct attributes for input and output console settings a schema
    change and also differentiation between bootloaders is needed and
    that I only see for the kiwi-10 branch if at all. This Fixes #2419
* Thu Jan 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix tox.ini
    python 3.12 unit target did not specify a 3.12 interpreter
* Thu Jan 04 2024 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix overwrite of kiwi_oemunattended
    In case rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice is set, there is an overwrite
    of the kiwi_oemunattended setting. However the variable was set
    in local scope of a function and therefore the change was not
    effective in other methods which also evaluates this variable.
    This commit fixes it such that the overwrite happens in the early
    initialize method which provides the environment for all code
    running in the dracut module. This is related to jira#PED-7180
* Sat Dec 30 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move LoopDevice class to context manager
    Change the LoopDevice class to be a context manager.
    All code using LoopDevice was updated to the following
    with statement:
    with LoopDevice(...) as loop_provider:
    loop_provider.some_member()
    This is related to Issue #2412
* Fri Dec 29 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Ensure setfiles is detected inside the image-root
    We do not actually use setfiles from the host, we use it from the
    image root we create for the image build. Thus, we should look in
    the image root instead of on the host system.
    This prevents us from incorrectly detecting that setfiles is not
    available for setting SELinux contexts.
    Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2414
    Fixes: 2a22901ddd11ae23b6724b5e1aaa4261f219ccb6
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Use xdist on the CI to speed up the test runs
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add unit test job using python 3.12
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Only run the job for this python environment
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - [ci] Switch runner to ubuntu-latest
* Thu Dec 28 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add missing raw string identifier infront of regexes
* Tue Dec 26 2023 Jianhua Lu <lujianhua000@gmail.com>
  - Allow target_blocksize to be available for kis image
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.20 → 9.25.21
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup tox targets
    Align tox targets with github workflows and fix targets
    not associated with a specific python version to use
    the python3 version installed on the host
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.19 → 9.25.20
* Sun Dec 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unit tests for parallel invokation
* Fri Dec 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure selinux policy is effectively applied
    setup_selinux_file_contexts is now called after the config.sh
    script. This makes sure that eventual policy related changes
    done in the optional config.sh are covered by a late setfiles
    call. In addition setup_selinux_file_contexts is called again
    at the end of any chroot based script hook. So we assume that
    any optional script target can change the system in a way that
    a new setfiles call might be required. It can happen that
    setfiles is called more often than required but as we cannot
    know what custom scripts does, it's better to call it more
    often compared to not often enough. This Fixes bsc#1210604
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Decrease image size for encrypted integration test
    Encrypted images do not compress well, therefore the size
    should be smaller such that we don't produce monsters
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use ext4 for rawhide integration test
* Thu Dec 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed typo in error message
* Wed Dec 13 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - package: Drop unused xorriso dep on dracut-kiwi-live subpackage
    We do not actually use xorriso anywhere inside of the dracut module,
    nor do we pull in any utilities from the xorriso package into the
    generated initramfs anyway.
    Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2404
* Mon Dec 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Set kpartx as default mapper tool for s390
    Some time ago we moved the default partition mapper from
    kpartx to partx to reduce a package dependencies.
    However, on the s390 architecture partx does not work
    proplerly on e.g DASD devices. Thus the default mapper
    tool for this architecture will change to kpartx
    with this PR
* Fri Dec 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-MicroOS
    Incorporate latest changes from upstream MicroOS and
    also add an encrypted profile build for testing
* Wed Dec 06 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Include either partx or partprobe to dracut
    The code in the 99kiwi-lib dracut module can either use
    partprobe or partx to do the job. We prefer partx over
    partprobe and error out if none of them could be found
    This Fixes #2400
* Tue Nov 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.18 → 9.25.19
* Thu Nov 23 2023 Alexandre Esse <alexandre.esse.dev@gmail.com>
  - Fix typo in workflow overview doc section
* Wed Nov 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add missing documentation for oem-unattended-id
* Wed Nov 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow install disk overwrite from cmdline
    Add rd.kiwi.oem.installdevice=DEVICE. Configures the disk device
    that should be used in an OEM installation. This overwrites any
    other oem device setting, e.g device filter or maxdisk and just
    continues the installation on the given device. However, the
    device must exist and must be a block special.
    This Fixes jira#PED-7180
* Tue Nov 21 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update mailmap
* Fri Nov 10 2023 Kali <jehan.singh@suse.com>
  - Replace the regex-based loader entry fix with string parsing (#2388)
    A user building RHEL images ran into issues with the initrd.
    It turns out that RHEL uses some patches that mean the
    initrd/linux files in RHEL are not installed to /boot, which trips
    up the original regex. The new fix doesn't rely on matching the
    path in boot, instead just finding the initrd/linux files and rewriting
    them in place.
    This change also adds the pre-and-post fix loader entries to the debug logs.
    Reference: https://bugzilla.suse.com/1208701
    Fixes suse bsc#1208701
* Fri Nov 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix mbrid setup for read-only systems
    On filesystems without a UUID (e.g squashfs) the fallback boot id
    setup should apply if neither UUID nor MBR ID is present. This
    is a followup fix for Issue #2391
* Thu Nov 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-disk-legacy test description
    The configured embedded ESP image size is too big, max 30MB
    are possible as El Torito boot load size
* Thu Nov 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't make toml a requirement
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed grub mbrid file search
    To identify the root device for ISO images (live and install media)
    that boots via grub2, kiwi uses a grub2 --file search. The searched
    file was named /boot/mbrid, however this is not a unique name and
    could be found on other devices of the system as well. To connect
    the search to the correct media this commit changes the search to
    an ID based method which is unique to the image build process.
    This Fixes #2389
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't use kernel-install
    kernel-install does a lot more then making the kernel available
    to the ESP. It calls dracut, it creates loader entries and all
    that is unexpected and also breaks the boot because the way
    dracut is called in the image build case where host != target
    leads to broken results. This commit refactors the systemd-boot
    support in kiwi to prevent the use of kernel-install
* Wed Nov 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add check_efi_fat_image_has_correct_size
    Add runtime check for to check that the efifatimagesize
    does not exceed the max El Torito load size
* Tue Nov 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for ISO boot via systemd-boot
    Create proper EFI FAT image via bootctl to be used as
    alt loader in xorriso. This allows to boot the ISO
    via EFI e.g kvm -bios /usr/share/qemu/ovmf-x86_64.bin -cdrom file.iso
    Please note, hybrid boot is done via grub's hybrid MBR and
    as systemd-boot does not provide one, hybrid boot is out
    of scope yet. This Fixes #2281
* Sun Nov 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.17 → 9.25.18
* Wed Nov 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add partx to module-setup of kiwi-lib too
* Fri Oct 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change partprobe fallback to partx
    Informing the kernel about a new partition geometry can be done in a
    busy state and is also effective for new devices and new mounts based
    on the new geometry. busy state mounts of course will not see it until
    swap of the busy state but a complete refuse of operation like it
    happens with blockdev is imho not required. Just as partprobe, partx
    is less restrictive on the busy state. That's why this commit changes
    the partprobe fallback to use partx instead of blockdev
* Thu Oct 26 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Create live persistent storage without busy state
    With the former logic the live ISO was already mounted when an
    eventual persistent storage partition was created. This leads
    to an issue on re-reading the partition table, not for all but
    several tools. This commit changes the order of tasks such that
    the setup of the persistent write storage is performed prior
    mounting the live ISO. In addition to this change an alternative
    method using blockdev to re-read the partition was added in case
    partprobe is not present. This also allows to get rid of the
    parted dependency which provides partprobe
* Tue Oct 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.16 → 9.25.17
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed argument processing of config.bootoptions
    Instead of adding an extra space to make the subsequent reading
    to work, use an awk script that does it without nasty workarounds
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow test-image-disk-ramdisk to be build locally
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.15 → 9.25.16
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed doc search field
    The search in the documentation is broken with the rtd
    schema and latest sphinx. Stick with sphinx 5.0.0 for the
    moment which fixes the issue
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.14 → 9.25.15
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make codacy happy
* Mon Oct 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support release version in signkey URLs
    Using one of the $releasever/${releasever} variable placeholders
    in an URL as part of a <signing key="..."/> element did not replace
    the placeholder with the value of the <release-version> element.
    This commit fixes this and also makes sure that the result list
    for downloading signing keys is unique. This Fixes #2381
* Sun Oct 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.13 → 9.25.14
* Sun Oct 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update pypi release to trusted workflow
* Fri Sep 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added unit test for testing grub prefix
    Cover the condition if an extra boot partition is used
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support TOML markup
    Allow to use TOML markup for the kiwi image description
    This Fixes #2372
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix documentation for btrfs_set_default_volume
    The behavior documentation regarding the fstab entry when
    using the btrfs_set_default_volume attribute was wrong.
    This commit fixes the docs to match the code. Related
    to Issue #2366
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Radoslav Kolev <radoslav.kolev@suse.com>
  - Fix typo in 'image results' doc section
* Wed Sep 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed root entry in fstab for btrfs layout
    A root (/) entry in fstab for btrfs is only required if no
    default volume is configured. This commit adapts the code
    path which adds an fstab entry for (/) to be effective only
    if btrfs_set_default_volume is set to false.
    Additionally, the documentation around btrfs_set_default_volume
    was clarified to describe the behavior the switch triggers.
    This Fixes #2366
* Wed Sep 13 2023 David Cassany Viladomat <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Remove community repository from Arch images
    Community repository is no longer needed for the test image. OBS does
    not pull any package from this repository and in Arch linux there is not
    the concept of empty repositories, so the build fails in an OBS context
    if this repository is included within the build stack.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Sep 07 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
  - use / prefix when boot partition is used
* Fri Sep 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
  - use os.path.join to create path
    os.path.join to create the path for the early_boot.write functions
    this will prevent paths from containing double slashes //
* Thu Aug 31 2023 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - PKGBUILD: Drop unused Python dependencies
    We haven't used some of these dependencies in years...
* Sat Aug 26 2023 Leif Liddy <leifliddy@users.noreply.github.com>
  - add info on none console type
* Fri Aug 25 2023 Leif Liddy <leifliddy@users.noreply.github.com>
  - allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty
    allow value of GRUB_TERMINAL to be empty. When setting grub_console="none"
    this now leads to an empty setting of GRUB_TERMINAL in the /etc/default/grub
    system configuration file. This Fixes #2261
* Thu Aug 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.12 → 9.25.13
* Tue Aug 22 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed mounting of subvolumes for data sync
    The subvolumes must be mounted below the root of the
    filesystem tree such that the sync mechanism correctly
    shuffles the data to the correct volumes.
    This Fixes #2356
* Tue Aug 22 2023 Joerg Vehlow <joerg.vehlow@aox.de>
  - Make verity metadata always readonly
    If a partition is verity protected, it can never be writable,
    since verity is by-definition read-only.
* Tue Aug 15 2023 Evan Goode <mail@evangoo.de>
  - Require DNF 5 in Fedora >= 41, not Fedora > 38
    The switch to DNF 5 has been postponed to (likely) Fedora 41.
* Tue Aug 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add kiwi_live_volid variable to profile
    As part of the profile environment only the kiwi_install_volid
    variable existed with the default value 'INSTALL'. This information
    is correct when building an oem image with installiso set to
    true. The resulting .install.iso image has the configured volid
    or the mentioned default 'INSTALL'. However, when building a live
    ISO image the default volid value is set to 'CDROM' but the profile
    environment contains kiwi_install_volid which is misleading and
    in case no volid is provided in the configuration file, the
    default value would also be a wrong information. This commit cleans
    up the mess and provides kiwi_install_volid for install ISO media
    and kiwi_live_volid for Live ISO media with their respective
    default values
* Tue Aug 15 2023 Tom Schraitle <tomschr@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Add some hints about KIWI extensions and dependencies for SLE (#2348)
    SUSE Linux Enterprise Server (SLES) has KIWI as a package.
    However, some KIWI plugins and their dependencies can
    be unavailable.
    This commit introduces a new section which deals with this
    aspect.
    Fixes bsc#1209302
* Fri Aug 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Package lockdev no longer exists on TW
    Update TW based integration tests and delete the install
    of the lockdev package
* Thu Aug 10 2023 Tom Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
  - Update GitHub Actions "actions/*" part
    Update to the latest versions:
    * actions/checkout@v3
    * action/setup-python@v4
    * action/cache@v3
* Wed Aug 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.11 → 9.25.12
* Wed Aug 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix double grub entries in hybrid ISO images
    As consequence of using the "source" grub command instead
    of the "configfile" command to load the grub config we now
    see double loading of the same file on ISO media. The reason
    here is that kiwi ISO media is always hybrid which means it
    embeds an MBR into the ISO for which the "source" command now
    can read the same file through two different device paths.
    This does not happen with the "configfile" grub command.
    Thus this patch uses "configfile" if we produce an ISO image
    and "source" for all other image types. The commit also fixes
    the custom grub template used for ISO images in a way that
    we only set the "serial" command if there is a serial
    configuration provided along with the image description.
* Thu Aug 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update x86/tumbleweed/test-image-systemd-boot
    systemd package has been splitted and provides
    systemd-boot in an extra package now
* Thu Aug 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Limit scope of grub _fix method
    Only apply _fix_grub_to_support_dynamic_efi_and_bios_boot for
    the x86_64 or ix86 architectures. This Fixes #2343
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.10 → 9.25.11
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
  - remove trailing whitespace
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - rpm spec: add missing requires of typing_extensions for python < 3.8
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - rpm spec: bump copyright year
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed linter errors
    Latest changes regarding type hints introduced linter errors.
    Also adapt the workflow run which is expected to detect them
* Tue Aug 01 2023 Leif Liddy <leif.liddy@gmail.com>
  - add GRUB_TIMEOUT_STYLE menu option
    revert trailing space removal
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.9 → 9.25.10
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed python interpreter for Release target
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.8 → 9.25.9
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed workflow interpreter name
    Specifying py 3.10 has to be quoted
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.7 → 9.25.8
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed doc publishing
    The github action to do this was still based on py3.6
    but the latest changes on tox.ini requires a newer version
    of tox which doesn't exist for py3.6. Thus run the workflow
    on a newer python version
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.6 → 9.25.7
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix linter check, whitespace after :
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.5 → 9.25.6
* Mon Jul 31 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Pass rootflags if no default volume is set
    In case of btrfs and if btrfs_set_default_volume is explicitly
    switched off, we create the correct rootflags= kernel cmdline
    entry to tell the system about the root volume for booting
* Thu Jul 27 2023 slowpeek <slowpeek@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Use 'source' instead of 'configfile' in generated grub.cfg
    Details are outlined in issue #2320
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure btrfs root volume is used when needed
    With the possibility to switch off setting the default volume
    an issue at other parts in the kiwi code which mounted the
    btrfs based system were uncovered. Without any default volume
    set it's required to transport the root volume if different
    from / and pass the respective subvol= option to the mount.
    This commit fixes it at the places where kiwi trusted btrfs
    to have a correct default volume set
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - update Fedora integration test
    The setting of a default volume is unwanted here
* Thu Jul 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - add btrfs_set_default_volume attribute
    By default kiwi runs btrfs set-default on the volume that is
    considered the default volume according to the btrfs settings
    and defaults. btrfs_set_default_volume="false" allows
    to deactivate this action. Along with the change also the
    misleading name of the btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume has
    been changed to root_is_subvolume
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed check for extended attributes
    Only if libc reports errno 95 Operation not supported the method
    should return that extended attributes are not supported. Also
    add a debug information about the result of the call to get further
    information in the log file
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed call of tox for xdist
    Passing arguments to modules called by tox has changed
    its syntax
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Take subvol mount option for root into account
    If the rootfs is btrfs based make sure the fstab entry for
    it takes the name of the root subvolume into account
* Tue Jul 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix fallback secure boot setup
    Don't copy the same file. This case happens when rebuilding
    an image using --allow-existing-root when the fallback setup
    has done its job already in the first run
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Fix type hints of IsoToolXorrIso.init_iso_creation_parameters
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - xorriso: handle case when isohdpfx.bin not found
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Fix type hints for the Pacman package manager
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Type hint the Path module
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add better type hints to ContainerImageOCI and ContainerImageAppx
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add ContainerImageBase abstract base class for OCI & Appx
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add type hints to the Compress module
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Import modules in OCI.new() explicitly
    Also, add a type hint to the return type of OCI.new() so that this can now be
    verified with mypy
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update contributing chapter
    Fix and update the information how to contribute. Due to
    the latest changes in tox.ini some requirements regarding
    the tox and python versions came up. This commit updates
    the docs in this regard
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added py3.11 tox target
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed writing correct keyfile path to etc/crypttab
    The keyfile path was not correctly set in etc/crypttab which
    caused systemd not being able to read the keyfile, consequently
    asking for a passphrase. This commit fixes the writing of the
    crypttab and also fixes a python name clash with the "os"
    namespace.
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup condition for SECURE_BOOT=yes|no
    The statement serves the purpose for an if/else construction
    to become a better read. In addition delete the probably
    left-over print statement from the test
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete pyxattr from setup.py
    Followup on Issue #2330. Forgot to delete pyxattr requirement
    from setup.py
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add volid to profile for all ISO based image types
    Add provided volume id (or the default value) to the profile
    environment file for all ISO based image types. So far this
    was only done for installation ISO media but not for simple
    live ISO images.
* Mon Jul 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed mail address in spec file
* Thu Jul 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete (py)xattr module requirement
    The required functionality is provided by the core os library
* Thu Jul 20 2023 Paul Gardiner <github@glidos.net>
  - Fix failure when booting KIS via NBD
    In the NBD booting case, the function initGlobalDevices in
    kiwi-overlay-root.sh runs the command ndb-client to connect the remote NBD
    share to the device /dev/nbd0. The script parse-kiwi-overlay.sh, on the
    other hand, incorrectly parses overlay:nbd=ip:export to /dev/ip/export,
    leading to the system waiting for /dev/ip/export to appear. This commit
    corrects the problem.
    With this change NDB booting of KIS images now succeeds, although only if
    the ndb package is added to the appliance description.
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use bootpartition for Fedora integration test
    When using btrfs with the proposed layout for testing the
    delivered grub bios module for the Fedora system used to build
    the integration test (FC37) is not capable to find the grub
    config file. A manual call for configfile in the grub shell
    fixes this with the existing kiwi created grub early-boot
    script. However, it is expected that the delivered grub image
    works and kiwi only creates its own one if no distro delivered
    grub image was found. To make the integration test functional
    for both BIOS and EFI the simple solution is to use an extra
    not btrfs based boot partition. This still allows to test
    the desired btrfs layout in terms of volumes and sub-volumes
    and does not break on any of the boot methods.
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed apply_attributes_on_volume
    Make the function call more robust in terms of path separation
* Wed Jul 19 2023 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Use tox isolated_build instead of hardcoding the envdir
* Tue Jul 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add parent attribute to volume setup
    For the btrfs volume management, allow to put a volume into a specific
    parent volume. If not specified the volume is below the default volume
    This Fixes #2316
* Tue Jul 18 2023 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add SECURE_BOOT no when the firmware is efi
    This Fixes bsc#1211102
* Sun Jul 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use btrfs for fedora/test-image-live-disk test
    Change the Virtual profile to build a btrfs based image
    for testing respective btrfs layouts
* Sun Jul 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add btrfs_create_toplevel_subvolume attribute
    Allow to explicitly select if a toplevel subvolume should
    be created or not. To avoid a behavior change, kiwi will
    create a toplevel based btrfs structure if this attribute
    is not specified. However, a deprecation message to inform
    about future behavior change will be printed. This is
    related to Issue #2316
* Wed Jul 12 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Evaluate the @root volume name also for btrfs
    In a volume setup the special volume declaration
    <volume name="@root=identifier"/> was only evaluated for the
    LVM volume manager. In case of btrfs a hardcoded root volume
    name '@' was used. This commit allows to specify a custom
    name for the root volume for btrfs as well and also allows
    to specify that there should be no such root volume.
    Example:
    <volume name="@root=@"/>
    Name the root volume '@'. If not specified this stays as
    the default to stay compatible
    <volume name="@root=/"/>
    Indicate no root volume is wanted. All subvolumes resides
    below root (/)
    <volume name="@root=foo"/>
    Name the root volume 'foo'
    This is related to Issue #2316 and a first patch to
    address the requested changes
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.4 → 9.25.5
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed regression in bootloader config attr access
    use_disk_password is not an attribute that exists in all
    BootLoaderConfig instances. Thus it's a mistake to access
    the attribute in the disk builder
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.3 → 9.25.4
* Mon Jul 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Load isoschematron module on demand
    Due to a license issue the isoschematron code might not be
    available in the lxml package from the distributor. This commit
    uses isoschematron on demand. If present on the system it gets
    loaded and used, if not a warning that the schematron validation
    will be skipped is provided. This Fixes #2314
* Sat Jul 08 2023 slowpeek <slowpeek@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Improve loopback.cfg example
    submenu+source should be preferred over menuentry+configfile:
    - submenu creates a new context, menuentry does not. As a result, changes made
    to vars inside menuentry's braces pollute the current scope. In this particular
    case what is notably wrong is root=loop happens in the current scope. If we
    activate the "Boot from openSUSE ISO" menu entry and then press Esc to return
    back to explore other menu entries, $root would still be set to 'loop'. Instead
    of manually saving and restoring $root value it is better to wrap the whole
    thing in a new context with submenu
    - configfile is not just 'source in a new context', it has as least one side
    effect. For details look for grub_err_printed_errors usage in [1] and [2] in
    grub sources
    [1] grub-core/normal/menu.c
    [2] grub-core/normal/menu_entry.c
* Fri Jul 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.2 → 9.25.3
* Wed Jul 05 2023 Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
  - Add improvements for fully encrypted disk images
    This commit adds more flexibility when using LUKS
    encrypted images. In addition support for key derivation
    on user provided passwords has been added. The following
    new attributes were added to the schema:
    type.luks_randomize
    allow to enable/disable the data randomizing if luks
    encryption is used
    type.luks_pbkdf
    When LUKS unlocks a key slot using a user provided
    password, it uses a so-called key derivation function
    to derive a symmetric encryption key from the password.
    Not all boot loaders support all KDF algorithms, hence
    this attribute can be used to select a specific algorithm
    bootloader.use_disk_password
    When /boot is encrypted, make the boot loader store the
    password in its configuration file (in cleartext). This
    is useful for full disk encryption images
    Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
* Wed Jul 05 2023 Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
  - Change location of LUKS keyfile to /root/.root.keyfile
    In some configuration (eg on a transactional system), the root
    file system is read-only, which means we will not be able to remove
    the stale .root.keyfile after firstboot.
    This patch changes the location of the keyfile and places it in
    /root/.root.keyfile instead, because root's home directory is much
    more likely to be read/write.
    Also fixed the associated unit test (thanks to schaefi).
    Signed-off-by: Olaf Kirch <okir@suse.com>
* Tue Jul 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add alternative re-reading of the partition table
    To inform the kernel about disk geometry changes, kiwi uses
    partprobe as a primary tool. However it is provided by parted
    and not necessarily available due to the package requirements
    on the dracut module. A second attempt via blockdev which
    is expected to exist is therefore made by this commit
* Tue Jul 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor the luks_device class data transport
    Also add missing unit tests
* Mon Jul 03 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - test_get_build_type_bootloader_use_disk_password
    Add missing unit test for use_disk_password attribute
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.1 → 9.25.2
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix repository setup for microdnf
    An instance of the Repository class for microdnf has
    to use RepositoryDnf4
* Fri Jun 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.25.0 → 9.25.1
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed image install of dnf package manager
    If the package manager is set to 'dnf4', this name is
    taken also as package name to install this package manager
    into the image. Problem is 'dnf4' is not a valid package
    name. The correct name for 'dnf4' is 'dnf'. This commit
    fixes the name bug introduced with the changes for
    Issue #2262
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.61 → 9.25.0
* Wed Jun 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add more details about used grub image(s)
* Sat Jun 10 2023 glaubway <me@lvfrfn.in.ua>
  - make alias unique in any cases
* Thu Jun 01 2023 Steffen Winterfeldt <wfeldt@opensuse.org>
  - The actual padding is 0. And switch to sha256.
* Mon May 29 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change package manager dnf to dnf4
    With dnf5 there is a successor for dnf but there will also
    be a transition period where there will be both, the former
    dnf and the new dnf5 available. For a clear distinction
    between the two we got the recommendation from the RedHat
    team to support both in different namespaces. This commit
    now implements a backward compatible change for kiwi which
    includes the following modifications:
    * XSL stylesheet for automatic schema transformation from
    <packagemanager>dnf</packagemanager> to
    <packagemanager>dnf4</packagemanager>
    * Code copy of dnf API interface from
    PackageManagerDnf -> PackageManagerDnf4
    RepositoryDnf -> RepositoryDnf4
    * Deprecation of former Dnf API interface
    The code change here will force developers to adapt
    their code if they used RepositoryDnf / PackageManagerDnf
    classes in their python code. After this change developers
    will be dropped into a raise condition which exits kiwi
    at the time of the call. Related to Issue #2300
    and Issue #2262
* Thu May 25 2023 Hans-Peter Jansen <hp@urpla.net>
  - Documentation: clearify dnf based collection selectors
    With 89b5a6f5269, the selection of collections was changed to allow
    group IDs only for dnf based package installers.
* Thu May 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update rawhide integration tests
    Use dnf5 for rawhide. It's hard to differentiate between old and
    new dnf version on Fedora Rawhide. Thus let's make the move to
    dnf5. Since microdnf is also wrapped into dnf5 the integration
    test for microdnf got renamed to dnf5
* Wed May 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for dnf5 package manager
    dnf5 is the next generation of the dnf package manager.
    dnf5 is not a drop in replacement to dnf which is the reason
    why this commit adds a new interface class for package and
    repository management under a new name: dnf5. Beginning with
    Fedora >= 39 dnf5 will be the standard. Thus the requirements
    on the packaging level were adapted too.
    This Fixes #2300
    This Fixes #2262
* Wed May 24 2023 Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
  - dracut: modules.d: 90kiwi-overlay: add support for device mapper targets
    Allow specifying a device mapper target for the root of the overlayfs.
    This adds support for features like adding a dm-verity or dm-crypt
    backend to the overlayfs.
    A device mapper target can be specified using the following syntax on
    the kernel command line:
    root=overlay:MAPPER=verityRoot
    This translates to using the path `/dev/mapper/verityRoot` as the base
    of the overlayfs.
    Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Wed May 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.60 → 9.24.61
* Tue May 23 2023 Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
  - dracut: modules.d: 99kiwi-lib: add bash shebangs and dependency
    The scripts in the kiwi-lib module use bash-specific syntax like
    `function`, which causes the script to fail if another shell (like dash
    or busybox) is used to interpret the scripts. Specifically set the shebang
    to use bash as the shell interpreter and add bash as a dependency to the
    dracut module to fix this.
    This resolves the following errors which are printed at boot when
    busybox tries to interpret the scripts:
    /bin/dracut-pre-mount: 3: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: function: not found
    /bin/dracut-pre-mount: 15: /lib/kiwi-filesystem-lib.sh: Syntax error: "}" unexpected
    Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Mon May 22 2023 Jiri Srain <jsrain@suse.com>
  - Do not depend on dnf for SUSE ALP
* Tue May 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added appx-util as WSL requires for Fedora/RHEL
    Make sure the kiwi-systemdeps-containers-wsl meta package
    pulls in the required tools for Fedora/RHEL when building
    WSL containers. This is a followup to #2286
* Tue May 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add cpio to core systemdeps requires list
* Thu May 11 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
  - Find correct `shimx64.efi` binary for EL derivatives
    Sort globbing result by length and look for `shim[a-z]*.efi` pattern
    first before falling back to `shim.efi`. This allows us to match
    correct shim binary for SecureBoot enabled systems.
    The following example shows the content of recent shim package from
    AlmaLinux 9:
    $ ls -1 ~/Downloads/shim-almalinux-x64/boot/efi/EFI/almalinux
    BOOTX64.CSV
    mmx64.efi
    shim.efi
    shimx64-almalinux.efi
    shimx64.efi
    Sorted globbing result is:
    shimx64.efi
    shimx64-almalinux.efi
    First match wins (here `shimx64.efi`) which is the correct binary to be
    used as it is signed by M$.
    Was tested with shim packages for CentOS (x64, ia32, aarch64), Fedora 36
    (x64), AlmaLinux 9 (x64, aarch64).
* Sat May 06 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.59 → 9.24.60
* Thu May 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to create plain cpio archives
    Allow to create plain cpio archives to serve the idea
    of the mkosi initrd concept
* Fri Apr 28 2023 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix restoration of grub2-install (bsc#1210948)
    It checked for grub2-install.orig in the host, not the buildroot. This
    meant that it left /usr/sbin/grub2-install as a noop.
* Fri Apr 28 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Use cross arch macros to interpret uint64_t
    This commit adds inttypes.h to make use of PRIu64 style
    macros in order to properly translate uint64_t across
    different architectures. More specific this allows the
    code to compile for ix86.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Apr 25 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
  - Look for specific `shimx64.efi` binary first
    In CentOS, `/boot/efi/EFI/*/shim*.efi` extends to
    `/boot/efi/EFI/centos/shimx64-centos.efi` which is not signed by M$ but
    CentOS itself. This in turn does not boot on SecureBoot enabled systems.
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete score card
    Too flaky, broken most of the time and I'm not sure
    how much value it adds to the project overall
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix score card action
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update TW build tests
    plymouth-plugin-script must be explicitly added now
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Add zstd and xzio to grub image"
    This reverts commit af8c702db0a60ed4abeba8686d4e8475c410c58d.
    The grub modules does not exist in all grub installations.
    A different implementation is required
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update TW integration tests
    change theme from bgrt to breeze. TW has deleted bgrt
* Mon Apr 24 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed writing URIs including ASCII encoding
* Fri Apr 21 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Split container systemdeps in OCI and WSL
* Thu Apr 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update kiwi-systemdeps-containers requires list
    Do not strictly require fb-util-for-appx. In order to create
    WSL containers fb-util-for-appx is a requirement but usually
    users create OCI containers and WSL containers are still a
    niche case. Thus it's ok to reduce the requirement into a
    recommends. This Fixes #2284
* Thu Apr 20 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Encode remote URLs
    Special characters in a URL e.g the @ sign needs to be encoded
    as part of a remote URL.
* Tue Apr 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix workflow run
* Tue Apr 18 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed Fedora prebuild EFI binary lookup
    When creating CentOS/Fedora live media, kiwi does not install the
    right signed grub2 EFI binary. This was caused by kiwi not being
    aware of the gcdx64.efi(x86_64), gcdaa64.efi(aarch64) binaries
    for CD/ISO boot. This Fixes #2270
* Thu Apr 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.58 → 9.24.59
* Thu Apr 13 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add zstd and xzio to grub image
    If kiwi builds its own grub image, make sure the compression
    algorithms zstd and xz are supported
* Wed Apr 12 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Adding a comment to explain the s390 specific path
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Wed Apr 12 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Use parted only in s390 arch
    This commit ensures parted is only called in dracut-kiwi-lib for s390
    arch. It also fixes the spec to only require parted for
    s390 builds.
    In addition parted requirement has been removed from dracut-kiwi-live
    package since parted is not used in any other dracut module beyond
    kiwi-lib.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Apr 04 2023 Jan Löser <loeser@atix.de>
  - Add potential shim binary for Ubuntu
    Looks like `shim*.efi` is gone in latest `shim-signed` package. The
    package now contains `shimx64.efi.signed.latest` and
    `shimx64.efi.signed.previous` binaries, let's take latest.
    shim-signed_1.40.9+15.7-0ubuntu1_amd64/usr/lib/shim/:
    total 4688
    drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root    209 Jan 31 12:57 .
    drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root     18 Jan 31 12:57 ..
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root    108 Jan 31 12:57 BOOTX64.CSV
    - rwxr-xr-x. 1 root root   1622 Jan 31 12:57 is-not-revoked
    drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root     25 Jan 31 12:57 mok
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 950891 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 962400 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.dualsigned
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 960472 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.latest
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Jan 31 12:57 shimx64.efi.signed.previous
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root  88296 Jan 27 20:09 fbx64.efi
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 860824 Jan 27 20:09 mmx64.efi
    shim-signed_1.40.7+15.4-0ubuntu9_amd64/usr/lib/shim/:
    total 3728
    drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root    145 Aug 13  2021 .
    drwxr-xr-x. 3 root root     18 Aug 13  2021 ..
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root    108 Aug 13  2021 BOOTX64.CSV
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root  85672 Aug 13  2021 fbx64.efi
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 856232 Aug 13  2021 mmx64.efi
    drwxr-xr-x. 2 root root     25 Aug 13  2021 mok
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 947143 Aug 13  2021 shimx64.efi
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 957576 Aug 13  2021 shimx64.efi.dualsigned
    - rw-r--r--. 1 root root 955656 Aug 13  2021 shimx64.efi.signed
* Mon Apr 03 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Expand DASD partition table with parted
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Mar 30 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed evaluation of custom start sector
    In case an alternative partition table start sector is
    configured, the check to effectively apply it should be
    based on the partition table type not on the firmware
    name
* Thu Mar 30 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add parted dependency for s390
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.57 → 9.24.58
* Mon Mar 27 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Build leap btrfs test without root as snapshot
    So far no btrfs integration test without root as snapshot existed
* Sat Mar 25 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support EFI boot from squashfs
    grub supports reading from squashfs. If no extra bootloader
    installation is required this allows to boot from a squashfs
    rootfs without extra boot partition. The prebuilt grub images
    usually does not contain the squash4 module which is the
    reason why kiwi creates the EFI module itself if the system
    is fully immutable. Please note; the grub configuration
    must be provided manually as part of the image description
    in this case because grub-mkconfig at the time it has to be
    called has no write permissions anymore.
* Fri Mar 24 2023 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix /.snapshots mounting in the btrfs volume manager
    The /@/.snapshots subvolume was not mounted as /.snapshots in the root
    filesystem snapshot. This is now necessary for snapper to work.
    While at it, create 1/snapshot as plain subvolume, it does not make sense
    to snapshot @ itself.
* Thu Mar 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for config-host-overlay.sh script
* Thu Mar 16 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed build of dracut-kiwi-verity
    The spec file was missing the package definition to actually
    create the dracut-kiwi-verity package. In addition the fixed
    setting to the C standard 17 caused build errors for me on
    distributions that uses C standard 11/12.
* Wed Mar 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add selinux integration test for Leap
    SUSE systems supports both, apparmor and selinux, whereas
    apparmor is the default. As selinux requires to create security
    labels during build time of an image, this integration test
    checks if the labeling works for SUSE based OS'es.
    This Fixes #2244
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow custom template evaluation for install ISO
    So far only Live ISO images allowed for custom template usage
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix Arch Linux Live ISO integration test
    Switch to grub for booting the ISO, for some reason isolinux
    refused to work and there is no priority to dig into the issue.
    This Fixes #2233
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix Arch Linux EFI install ISO integration test
    kiwi has code in bootloader/template/grub2.py which uses
    linuxefi/initrdefi commands according to the configured
    grub_platform. These commands does not exist on Arch and
    therefore the integration test provides its own ISO
    template. This Fixes #2232
* Tue Mar 14 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add dracut-kiwi-verity dracut module package
    When building an image with an embedded verity hash via the
    embed_verity_metadata="true" type attribute it is required
    to setup the device map at boot time accordingly. The dracut
    module in this commit provides the needed tooling as a
    POSIX C implementation which is able to read the kiwi embedded
    verityhash from the offset of the partition. Kudos goes to
    Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
    Co-authored-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
    Signed-off-by: Isaac True <isaac.true@canonical.com>
* Mon Mar 13 2023 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
  - (Re-)add support for 'anymarkup' < 0.5.0
    Fall back to module 'anymarkup' if 'anymarkup_core' is not available.
* Sat Mar 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support UNIXNODE device names for overlayroot
    When no other persistent naming schema can be used to
    identify the device there should be the option to
    specify the kernel unix device node name
* Fri Mar 10 2023 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
  - Use module anymarkup-core instead of anymarkup
    Use 'anymarkup-core' directly instead of wrapper 'anymarkup'.
* Thu Mar 09 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix permissions of live ISO system files
    Make sure initrd and squashfs.img takes permissions o644
    This Fixes #2246
* Wed Mar 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update TW test-image-rpi-overlay build test
    It used rd.root.overlay.readonly but it meant rd.root.overlay.temporary
* Wed Mar 08 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed rd.root.overlay.readonly handling
    Fix the option implementation to actually do what it is supposed
    to do, boot the system in fll read-only mode. In addition a new
    parameter named rd.root.overlay.temporary has been introduced
    which allows to boot up in read-write mode but the write area
    is a tmpfs. Thus persistency only during runtime. Updated the
    documentation accordingly
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed tumbleweed build tests
    opie no longer in TW
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed tumbleweed/test-image-azure
    opie no longer in TW
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support PARTLABEL device names for overlayroot
    When using GPT a partlabel exists that can also be used as a
    device reference
* Tue Mar 07 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed kernel parameters for overlayroot setup
    The device selection for the read-only and read-write devices
    in an overlayroot setup was implicitly done in the kiwi-overlay
    dracut module by reading the root= information. This is a
    concept which barely works and should be refactored in a way
    that the root= information always points to the root device
    and that an eventually existing write location is explicitly
    provided via the existing rd.root.overlay.write parameter
    which is allowed to be overwritten for providing an alternative
    write location. Making this information consistent and explicit
    on the kernel commandline simplifies the dracut code to
    consume this information correctly. This Fixes #2251
* Sun Mar 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed conditional options evaluation
    The former condition caused the end result list to be empty
* Sat Feb 11 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for creating delta containers
    Add new attribute delta_root="true|false" which in combination with
    derived_from="OCI-base-image" allows to create a delta root tree
    only containing the differences between the OCI-base-image and the
    actions taken by the kiwi prepare step. Based on the delta root tree
    the subsequent image creation process starts. Such an incomplete
    root tree is only useful under certain circumstances which is also
    the reason why the feature is only available to the oci and docker
    image types.
* Fri Feb 10 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.56 → 9.24.57
* Sat Jan 28 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow squashfscompression for plain squashfs
    The schematron rule to limit the squashfscompression attribute
    to certain image types did not allow it for a plain squashfs
    filesystem build. This commit fixes that limitation.
    This Fixes #2241
* Wed Jan 18 2023 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Use rsync defaults to sync the initrd root-tree
    This commits makes use of rsync default options to sync
    the root-tree of the boot image for custom initrds.
    Fixes bsc#1207128 where it was noted hardlinks
    were not preserved inside the initrd.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jan 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed wrong test assertions
    Former versions of pytest did ignore invalid assertions.
    Now they are reported as an error and show the mistakes
    of the past
* Tue Jan 17 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added 90-brd.conf for test-image-disk-ramdisk
    By default the brd ramdisk module is no longer added to the
    initrd. For ramdisk deployments this is required though.
    This Fixes #2230
* Sun Jan 15 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete CentOS v7 build tests
    CentOS v7 is EOL for kiwi image build tests
* Thu Jan 05 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to specify fixed size for the root partition
    So far the last partition (typically root) in the partition table
    takes all the rest space of the partition table in the image file.
    At deployment/boot time users had several options to let that
    partition grow to a custom size. However, during build time of the
    image it was not possible to specify a specific fixed size for the
    root partition as we don't wanted to produce gaps of unpartitioned
    space in the image file. It has turned out that there is hardware
    available which requires a partition to be an exact multiple of
    some blocksize. As kiwi supports size constraints for all other
    partitions but not for root this commit now allows for it. The
    oem-systemsize element is now also taken into account at build
    time of the image if the oem-resize which would do that at
    deployment/boot time is switched off like the following example
    shows:
    ```xml
    <oemconfig>
    <!-- set root partition to 2048MB -->
    <oem-systemsize>2048</oem-systemsize>
    <oem-resize>false</oem-resize>
    </oemconfig>
    ```
    This Fixes #2203
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete ppc:fedora from testing report
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Remove Fedora PPC build test from index
    The integration test unfortunately never got tested anywhere
    is outdated and I have no PPC hardware here to run any tests.
    Let's add a real test if there is demand for it
* Wed Jan 04 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added kiwi-settings for Fedora arm build tests
* Mon Jan 02 2023 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Pass along tmpdir to skopeo
    When using the --temp-dir parameter, it was not passed to the
    skopeo calls when building a container image with kiwi.
* Thu Dec 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow fat16/fat32 as filesystem in partitions
    The partitions element allows to specify the filesystem for
    the individual partition. In the schema fat16 and fat32 were
    missing
* Thu Dec 22 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - Support new bootloadersettings section
    Allow to specify an optional <bootloadersettings> element
    inside of the <bootloader> section. The information is used to
    specify custom arguments for the tools called in a bootloader
    setup procedure, e.g shim-install, grub-install or grub-mkconfig.
    kiwi does not judge on the given parameters and if the provided
    data is effectively used depends on the individual bootloader
    implementation. In this commit the data will be effectively
    handled if bootloader="grub2" is configured. More precisely
    the custom additions to support SUSE's TPM model with grub2
    can be configured as follows:
    <bootloadersettings>
    <shimoption name="--suse-enable-tpm"/>
    <installoption name="--suse-enable-tpm"/>
    <configoption name="--set-trusted-boot"/>
    </bootloadersettings>
    This Fixes #2224
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Stick with tox v3.28.0 for unit testing
    tox >= 3.0.15 together with virtualenv >= 20.17.1 raises
    strange incompatibilities and prevents the unit test run
    because tox calls virtualenv in a wrong way leading to
    strange error messages like:
    - --
    usage: virtualenv ...
    virtualenv: error: argument dest: destination '{check,devel,packagedoc,doc,doc_gh_pages,doc_suse,doc_man,scripts,}: /home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3\n/home/runner/work/kiwi/kiwi/.tox/3.8' must not contain the path separator (:) as this would break the activation scripts
    - --
    All this doesn't make sense to me at all and worked
    without any issues before.
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.55 → 9.24.56
* Tue Dec 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix gh-pages publish
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed systemd boot integration test for rawhide
    systemd-boot was splitted in preparation for secure
    boot. The unsigned version of the EFI binary is used
    in the test so far
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added device mapper setting for s390 on TW
    Use kpartx as partx fails
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added device mapper setting for s390
    Use kpartx as partx fails
* Sun Dec 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.54 → 9.24.55
* Wed Dec 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to pass credentials as file reference
* Tue Dec 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed handling of container archive compression
    In kiwi we support handling of the container archive compression
    via a runtime configuration setting of the following form, eg
    in /etc/kiwi.yml
    ```yaml
    container:
    [#] Specify compression for container images
    [#] Possible values are true, false, xz or none.
    - compress: true
    ```
    However, this setting was only taken into account in the kiwi
    bundler. Meaning if the user calls 'kiwi result bundle ...'
    after the container image has been created the result bundler
    will take the compression setting into account. From my perspective
    this behavior is misleading and also prevents users from
    creating compressed container archives without a subsequent
    result bundler call. Therefore this commit moves the place to
    handle the compression setting into the container classes.
    The bundler code for containers will no longer operate on it
    and just takes what it gets, which can be either compressed
    or not. The default setting was "No compression" and this
    was not changed. This Fixes #2217
* Tue Dec 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add type hints for OCI and APPX classes
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.53 → 9.24.54
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix publish to pypi
    bind gh-action module to v1 release
* Sun Dec 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.52 → 9.24.53
* Sat Dec 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use ubuntu-20.04 as github hosted runner
    It seems on ubuntu-latest no python 3.6 is available anymore
* Sat Dec 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow external commands in tox targets
* Fri Dec 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix unit test run for BLS spec base class
    Do not really call blkid as used in get_boot_cmdline
* Fri Dec 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed typo in documentation
    Capitalize at the start of a sentence.
    This Fixes #2216
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix unit tests to run in parallel
    Setting sys.argv and global variables impacts tests such that
    they cannot run in parallel. The little footprint of excluding
    the --config global args test from the coverage is beneficial
    to allow parallel test runs
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't show secret parts of an URI
    Using URIs of the form uri://user:pass@location should not be
    logged or printed including its credential data
* Fri Dec 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't use split on potential None value
* Thu Dec 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to select partition mapper tool
    The recent change from kpartx to partx caused some appliance
    builds to break depending on their configuration. I spotted
    issues when building disks with veritysetup or integritysetup
    root devices. There are also issues with grub-install on other
    architectures e.g s390. It seems partx cannot be used as a drop
    in replacement and so I suggest to make this a runtime
    configuration option with partx as the new default but also
    allow for the old method
* Thu Dec 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.51 → 9.24.52
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix status indicator in helper/build_status.sh
    colored output only worked for toplevel results
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Eliminate redundant partx calls for cleaning up loop devices
    partx can clean up all partition loops associated with a loop device
    when deleting the main loop device. Apparently, sometimes it goes and
    does this even when only deleting the partition loop, so to avoid
    this problem, we will just eliminate the redundant call.
    Fixes: 8f2b8fda82a37d7a7ebbf8a6557870cc63b0ae91
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support repo URI's with credentials on cmdline
    Specifying a repository as part of the image description
    allows for credentials via the username and password attributes.
    Howver, repositories can also be specified on the commandline
    via the --set-repo / --add-repo options. The options on the
    commandline did not allow to specify credentials so far.
    This commit adds the commandline options --set-repo-credentials
    and --add-repo-credentials to support them
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test-image-vagrant
    virtualbox-guest-x11 seems to be deleted from TW
* Wed Nov 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-custom-partitions
    The test was done prior kiwi added the partitions element and
    demonstrates how to influence the partition table via scripts.
    These scripts uses kpartx and the device mapper. Due to the
    recent change from kpartx to partx the scripts must be
    adapted
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.50 → 9.24.51
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added code style batch to landing page
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status flag
    Delete obsolete gitlab pipeline status from the project
    landing page. We do no longer use gitlab since they added
    that quota thing for their CI system
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.49 → 9.24.50
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - Swap from DM kpartx to util-linux partx for creating loop devices
    The device-mapper (DM) based loop devices that kiwi has historically
    generated creates issues when trying to run kiwi in confined build
    environments. The DM tools prefer to have a tighter coupling between
    userspace and kernel interfaces, and we cannot necessarily guarantee
    that in the variety of build environments that kiwi can be run in.
    In particular, Koji uses either nspawn containers or chroots through
    Mock to run kiwi and that is where this fails.
    However, we do not need to use DM for this purpose when util-linux
    provides a perfectly serviceable alternative. This commit changes
    kiwi's loop device setup to use partx(8) from util-linux instead.
    As long as the appliance image being created doesn't use a disk
    scheme that requires DM, it becomes entirely possible to produce
    an image without needing DM at runtime at all.
* Tue Nov 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added systemd_boot integration test for Rawhide
* Mon Nov 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase btrfs size of orthos integration test
* Mon Nov 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase scope of kernel lookup
    So far kiwi was looking up kernels only on /boot. Including
    other bootloaders it's no longer required that the kernel
    packages of the distributions provides the kernel in /boot
    Thus kiwi's lookup needs to be extended to other places
    which is done by this commit.
* Sat Nov 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved if not set
    If there is no GRUB_DEFAULT setting in etc/default/grub
    we add GRUB_DEFAULT=saved as the default setting.
    This Fixes #2198
* Sat Nov 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Disable gitlab CI pipeline
    Unfortunately gitlab decided to allow only eligible
    projects to use their CI pipeline. Being a member for
    years seems not to count in this change process.
    Therefore this commit disables the tests we run on
    gitlab and I will come up with a simple github action
    for the parts that we don't want to loose.
* Fri Nov 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration test for systemd_boot
    The test build is based on the Tumbleweed distribution
    and provides a simple non-secure-boot systemd-boot
    virtual disk image
* Tue Nov 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - no_implicit_optional = False
* Thu Nov 03 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added --loglevel option
    specify logging level as number. Details about the
    available log levels can be found at:
    https://docs.python.org/3/library/logging.html#logging-levels
    Setting a log level causes all message >= level to be
    displayed.
* Wed Nov 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Consolidate and cleanup logging
    Make sure all loggers; stream handlers, file and socket
    handler uses the same logging format. Also make sure that
    there is only one place for setLogLevel when kiwi is
    used as application
* Sat Oct 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for --logsocket
    Like with --logfile this commit adds support for using
    an existing Unix Domain Socket for logging. It's required
    that there is a listener on the given socket otherwise
    kiwi exits with an appropriate error message from the
    socket layer. A simple listener could look like the
    following:
    ```python
    sock_file = '/tmp/log_socket'
    buffer = 1024
    if os.path.exists(sock_file):
    os.unlink(sock_file)
    sock = socket.socket(socket.AF_UNIX, socket.SOCK_STREAM)
    sock.bind(sock_file)
    sock.listen(1)
    while True:
    connection, client_address = sock.accept()
    try:
    while True:
    data = connection.recv(buffer)
    if not data:
    break
    print(data.decode())
    finally:
    connection.close()
    ```
    With the listener in place kiwi can be called as follows:
    kiwi-ng --logsocket /tmp/log_socket ...
* Sat Oct 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.48 → 9.24.49
* Sat Oct 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-vagrant
    virtualbox-guest-tools obsoletes virtualbox-guest-x11
* Fri Oct 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - ignore the type check on the Result class
    With an update of mypy the bound TypeVar is no longer allowed.
    In newer versions of python we could use the "Self" type or
    import annotations from the future module. Unfortunately in
    older python versions which we still support (3.6) there is
    no non intrusive change which allows us to handle that type
    annotation. Thus this commit ignores the return type spec
    for Result.load() for the moment.
* Wed Oct 12 2022 Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
  - Stop copying /dev files statically into the OCI container
    In containers (nspawn) where part of the /dev filesystem is bind-mounted
    from outside system, kiwi fails to do the rsync (in creation of the
    nodes).
    There is no reason to actually copy whole tree inside so let's just
    not do it (as it does not seem to be needed at all).
* Tue Oct 11 2022 Dirk Müller <dirk@dmllr.de>
  - List riscv64 as a valid architecture in the schemas
    This is needed so that architecture filters on riscv64 specifics can
    be defined.
* Wed Sep 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support DM integrity legacy options
    Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_hmac="true|false" which
    allows to use old flawed HMAC calculation (does not protect superblock).
    Add a new attribute integrity_legacy_padding="true|false" which
    allows to use inefficient legacy padding. Do not use these attributes
    until compatibility with a specific old kernel is required!
* Wed Aug 31 2022 Jan Macku <jamacku@redhat.com>
  - ci(lint): Add Shell linter - Differential Shellcheck
* Wed Aug 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Limit repo alias names to be a safe POSIX name
    Characters like spaces or other symbols used in repo alias names
    can cause the package manager to fail setting up the repo. Thus
    this patch changes the schema to only allow for safe POSIX names
    matching: {pattern = "[a-zA-Z0-9_\-\.]+"}. This Fixes #2170
* Thu Aug 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase space for test-image-embedded test
    Add more space to test profile: SystemFeatures
* Thu Aug 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase efifatimage size for legacy build test
* Tue Aug 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.47 → 9.24.48
* Sun Aug 21 2022 Laszlo Gombos <laszlo.gombos@gmail.com>
  - Return failure if overlay is not supported
* Wed Aug 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.46 → 9.24.47
* Wed Aug 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted"
    Using fat32 causes failed boots on e.g AWS EC2 arm.
    This must be solved differently with an attribute
    to configure it.
    This reverts commit b8641bdc6825423f8c65b55c8d0870b38874a566.
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.45 → 9.24.46
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support URIs with credentials in solver plugin
    check if the URI string contains credentials and
    extract/trim them from the uri object. The urlparse
    class does not recognize this information as a valid
    URI and throws an exception
* Tue Aug 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed kexec options setup in kiwi-dump-reboot
    The dracut module 99kiwi-dump-reboot creates an options
    list for kexec. Under certain conditions the options
    list can contain multiple spaces which leads to an error
    when calling kexec. This commit makes sure to trim
    white spaces. This Fixes #2178
* Sun Aug 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-disk-legacy
    Increase size of embedded EFI fat image needed for EFI
    bootable install ISO. Due to the increased size of the
    custom kiwi initrd the default size for the FAT image
    is too small
* Sat Aug 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support custom size for embedded EFI FAT image
    For ISO images (live and install) the EFI boot requires an embedded
    FAT image. As of now a fixed size of 20M was used which leads to a
    problem if the EFI image or the initrd or the kernel is bigger than
    20M. With the new attribute:
    efifatimagesize="nonNegativeInteger"
    we can now set a different value for the FAT image. Please note the
    value must be aligned to the also customizable efipartsize value
    which allows to configure the size of the EFI partition
* Fri Aug 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed linter complaints after flake update
    flake now complains about E275 missing whitespace
    after keyword for the way 'del' is used. This commit
    fixes it
* Thu Aug 04 2022 J Mixer <j.mixer135@gmail.com>
  - Added a NOTE: section to explain the finer points of adding tools to a
    dracut hook.
* Sat Jul 30 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixup btrfs based legacy kiwi initrd test
* Thu Jul 21 2022 gmoro <gmoro@suse.com>
  - Fix mocking of grub2-install (fix #2124)
    /bin/true was being used from the host machine instead of
    the chroot
* Thu Jul 21 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Fix race condition in runtime_config_test
    This commit instead of setting the global variable of the runtime config
    file patches it. This is relevant if running unit tests in parallel,
    where global variables are shared if not patched.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - EFI Filesystem must be Fat32 formatted
    Given the documentation from Microsoft the EFI partition
    must be a fat32 format. fat16 is still supported but
    unexpected. This Fixes #2141
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed typo in overview page
    prevent word duplication. This Fixes #2016
* Tue Jul 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.44 → 9.24.45
* Thu Jul 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Umount device before cloning
    In case a clone should be created from a partition we need
    to make sure to umount the device after sync and prior cloning.
    Otherwise the clone operation is not safe because the rsynced
    data might still be in memory and not synced out to the block
    device.
* Wed Jul 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed custom disk start sector setup
    The attribute disk_start_sector allows to specify a custom
    start sector for the first partition of the disk. On GPT
    tables everything works nicely, on DOS tables the used tools
    fdisk/sfdisk are not able to manage the start/end values of
    subsequent partitions if the first partition doesn't start
    with the tooling default. This patch allows to set the
    start sector after the partition table has been created
* Sat Jul 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed CentOS-8 repo setup
* Fri Jun 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.43 → 9.24.44
* Thu Jun 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure to rebuild rpm database
    For rpm based distributions make sure to call
    rpm --rebuilddb unconditionally prior using rpm
    with the chroot. This Fixes #2165
* Wed Jun 22 2022 Neal Gompa <neal@gompa.dev>
  - github: Refresh issue template to cover more operating scenarios
    KIWI is often used for cross-distribution image builds, so we
    should ask for that information when appropriate.
    Additionally, clarify "OBS" as "Open Build Service" to disambiguate.
    Finally, add a line about Koji since Koji can run kiwi to build
    images now.
* Wed Jun 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unit tests
* Tue Jun 21 2022 Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
  - Forcefully disable versionlock plugin in DNF
    [ INFO    ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstalling system packages (chroot)
    [ INFO    ]: 09:39:08 | Using package manager backend: dnf
    [ INFO    ]: 09:39:08 | --> package: linux-firmware
    [ INFO    ]: 09:39:08 | Uninstall system packages (chroot)
    [ DEBUG   ]: 09:39:08 | EXEC: [chroot /tmp/myimage8/build/image-root dnf --config /kiwi_v708wllp -y --releasever=8 autoremove linux-firmware]
    [ INFO    ]: Processing: [########################################] 100%
    [ ERROR   ]: 09:39:08 | KiwiPackagesDeletePhaseFailed: System package deletion failed: Package deletion failed: Error: Locklist not set
    The versionlock plugin does not bring any benefit anyways as we
    completely override plugin configs.
    Also refactor configparser related stuff a bit.
    Signed-off-by: Igor Raits <igor.raits@gmail.com>
* Mon Jun 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support squashfs in custom partitions
    When using squashfs in a custom partitions setup like the following:
    <partitions>
    <partition ... filesystem="squashfs"/>
    </partitions>
    The build fails because the filesystem needs to be created
    using the create_on_file() API and not the create_on_device()
    API. In addition the size estimation is bogus when using
    squashfs and cannot be pre-calculated because we only know
    how much space the filesystem really needs after mksquashfs
    as worked on the data and the compression. Thus this commit
    also relaxes the required size check in case of squashfs.
    Last but not least a squashfs filesystem does not provide
    label or UUID and can only be referenced by the PARTUUID
    it gets dumped on or by the native unix device node. As
    the unix node is a loop during build time of the image and
    meaningless this commit also forces by-partuuid mapping in
    fstab when mounting the squashfs based device.
* Thu Jun 16 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of CommandCapabilities
    The class allows to check for data produced on stdout
    and stderr. However, programs reporting data on stderr
    usually fails with an exit code != 0. If the command
    is not called with raise_on_error=False it will never
    be possible to catch information from stderr. As we
    don't know if programs returns a failed exit code
    even on their e.g --usage message we should always
    pass the no raise option to make this more useful
* Wed Jun 15 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Fix volume mount path and adapt unit tests
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Handle older versions of setfiles correctly
    In older versions of setfiles we need a two pass setup
    First set the policy, second apply the security context.
    This commit checks in the usage message of setfiles which
    invocation syntax is required
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.42 → 9.24.43
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed error handling for setfiles policy lookup
    Errors from os.scandir were not catched. In addition the path
    to run scandir was not properly created
* Tue Jun 14 2022 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
  - Mount /sys also for disks.sh
    /sys is needed to be able to run dracut in disks.sh
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Ludwig Nussel <ludwig.nussel@suse.de>
  - Fix btrfs volume mounting
    If the second argument of os.path.join is an absolute directory, the
    result would be that directory. The intention is to produce a
    subdirectory of the mountpoint though. So pass a relative path.
    Without the fix, kiwi would try to e.g mount the /var subvolume of
    the image over the /var of the host, screwing everthing up of course
    :-)
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prefer file based syscall in kexec when possible
    Use file based syscall in kexec if available. This is needed to
    support boot on an secure boot enabled system and is in general
    more reliable to boot into the system on real hardware platforms
* Mon Jun 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.41 → 9.24.42
* Thu Jun 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.40 → 9.24.41
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix helper method to detect dracut outfile format
    The method _get_boot_image_output_file_format_from_dracut_code
    is used in kiwi to match parts of the dracut code for the used
    output file format. Beginning with dracut-056 the code part
    checked has changed syntactically such that the match did
    no longer work. This commit increases the scope of the match
    and replace pattern and Fixes #2149
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed handling of signing_keys in cmdline options
    When passing signing_keys with the --add-repo|--set-repo
    commandline options the delimiter to separate the single
    key information is a colon(:). However, this is stupid when
    kiwi expects the signing key to be references as an URI
    format like file://... Therefore this patch changes the
    delimiter from colon(:) to semicolon(;)
* Wed Jun 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Correct setfiles relabeling
    This change was inspired by a change done on Fedora's livecd-tools
    from here: livecd-tools/livecd-tools#236. The patch corrects issues
    with the setfiles SELinux relabel command. The issues become apparent
    when the host and guest policies differ. Thus it becomes required
    to explicitly set the policy to decouple from eventual unwanted
    host settings.
* Wed Jun 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.39 → 9.24.40
* Wed Jun 01 2022 Carlos Bederián <zzzoom@gmail.com>
  - Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build (#2148)
    Setup SELinux on every system prepare / build such that all image types benefit from it not only the disk (oem) type
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install all of QEMU to Ubuntu arm integration test
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - rename user to ubuntu for Ubuntu integration test
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.38 → 9.24.39
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move to sphinx>=5.0.0
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.37 → 9.24.38
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed sphinx extlinks rendering
    In Sphinx v5 warning will be treated as errors. This results in the following
    warning to be an error: extlinks: Sphinx-6.0 will require a caption string to
    contain exactly one '%s' and all other '%' need to be escaped as '%%'.
    This commit applies the required quoting
* Sun May 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.36 → 9.24.37
* Sat May 28 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added example aarch64 integration test for Ubuntu
    Created a RaspberryPI image description for Ubuntu(jammy)
    as integration test for building aarch64 images and added
    it to the integration test matrix
* Mon May 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added --target-arch for image info
    Allow cross arch dependency solving
* Fri May 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - update docs
* Fri May 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for group id in users setting
    Allow to specify the group id in the groups list a user
    should belong to. The group id can be placed as part of
    the group name separated by a colon like in the following
    example:
    <users>
    <user groups="kiwi,admin:42,users" password="..." name="kiwi"/>
    </users>
    Please note kiwi checks if the provided group already
    exists and only creates a group if it is not already present in
    the system. As default groups are usually provided by the OS
    itself including its preferred group id, you will intentionally
    not be able to overwrite group id for existing groups.
    This Fixes #2064
* Thu May 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.35 → 9.24.36
* Tue May 17 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled (#2138)
    Subformats should also not be compressed when encryption is enabled
    This is a follow on change to bdba953. When the filesystem is encrypted the
    resulting image should not be compressed. Also explain why we ignore the
    compression seeting in the user configuration for encrypted images.
* Mon May 16 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for prebuilt bootstrap package for apt
    When using the apt packagemanager kiwi required the use of
    debootstrap to create the initial rootfs. This works as long
    as there is always a main distribution repository available
    which follows the structure of the official debian mirrors.
    However if such a main distribution is not present or an
    alternative layout like e.g OBS repos is used, debootstrap
    will refuse to work. To allow for an alternative and without
    the dependency to debootstrap kiwi supports using a prebuilt
    bootstrap package providing the mini rootfs to serve as
    the bootstrap result. As all other package managers properly
    supports installation into an empty new root, this feature
    was only added when using the apt packagemanager
* Sun May 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.34 → 9.24.35
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow more repo params to be set on the cmdline
    The repository parameters for signing keys, the component
    list the main distribution name for debian repositories and
    also the repository_gpgcheck could not be set via the
    commandline options --add-repo and/or --set-repo. This
    commit adds support for them and also updates the manual
    page accordingly
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update ubuntu integration tests
    Build them against latest release (jammy).
    This Fixes #2128
* Sat May 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.33 → 9.24.34
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix for isolinux-config
    isolinux-config is called to update the search path inside
    of the isolinux binary. isolinux/syslinux is exclusive to
    the ix86 architecture and to BIOS firmware. Therefore the
    condition to actually call it should reflect this.
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.32 → 9.24.33
* Thu May 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed runtime check
    Fixed check_dracut_module_for_disk_overlay_in_package_list. The
    check complains if the dracut-kiwi-overlay module is not installed
    but overlay support was requested. This is correct but should only
    be done if the selected initrd system is dracut.
* Wed May 04 2022 ozboss <32305849+ozboss@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Add option to set LUKS type to luks1 (#2126)
    Add option to set LUKS type to luks1
    So far the LUKS type could be set to luks and luks2. However, what luks
    version the value 'luks' evaluates to depends on how the distributor has
    packaged luks. Thus it's possible that 'luks' is either luks1 or luks2. To
    also have the opportunity to explicitly specify luks1 this commit adds
    the opportunity in the schema.
* Wed May 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update devel packages helper
    Added trang as needed when working on the schema
* Fri Apr 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for dm integrity with secret key
    Allow to protect the opening of the integrity data map and
    journal through a keyfile. For setting the key file two new
    optional type attributes were added:
    * integrity_keyfile
    * integrity_metadata_key_description
    The key file format must be correct according to the selected
    integrity algorithm. As of now the kiwi default hmac-sha256
    algorithm is used with the selected keyfile
    The optional integrity_metadata_key_description attribute
    allows to specify a custom description of an integrity key
    as it is expected to be present in the kernel keyring. The
    information is placed in the integrity metadata block. If
    not specified kiwi creates a key argument string instead
    which is based on the given integrity_keyfile filename.
    The format of this key argument is:
    :BASENAME_OF_integrity_keyfile_WITHOUT_FILE_EXTENSION
* Thu Apr 28 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update get_disksize_mbytes to support clones
    When using partition clones the pre-calculation of the
    disk size needs to take this into account.
* Wed Apr 27 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed UUID setup for XFS
    Make sure the log got replayed prior generating a new UUID
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed scope of setup_isolinux_boot_path
    There is a method called setup_isolinux_boot_path which is
    encoded in the Iso class. The method allows to change the
    boot path in the isolinux binary and makes sense when the
    bootloader is selected to be isolinux. However, the method
    was called in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs class which
    responsibility is to create an ISO filesystem. The creation
    of an ISO filesystem has no direct connection to a bootloader.
    Thus calling this method in the scope of the FileSystemIsoFs
    implementation is wrong and can lead to unexpected side
    effects. This commit moves the call of the method to the
    places where isolinux as a bootloader can still be used.
    This Fixes #2117
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Correct the URL to the dracut home page
    This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2097
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Change the custom vagrant config file to 00-vagrant.conf
    If it is called 99-vagrant.conf, then anything "before" that, like
    50-redhat.conf takes precedence and overrides our custom settings.
* Tue Apr 26 2022 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add Leap 15.4, SLE 15 SP4 & CentOS Stream 9 to the scripts tests
* Mon Apr 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.31 → 9.24.32
* Mon Apr 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for standalone dm integrity
    There is support in kiwi to use dm_integrity in combination
    with the LUKS header and dm_crypt. However there is also the
    use case to setup dm_integrity in standalone mode. This commit
    allows to create the dm_integrity layer outside of LUKS using
    /etc/integritytab to activate the map through a systemd
    generator if systemd is used.
    Regarding systemd it's required to use a version of system which
    provides: system-generators/systemd-integritysetup-generator.
    If this generator does not exist in the distribution it will
    also be missing in the dracut generated initrd and the boot
    will not be able to succeed. It's mentioned here because even
    newer distributions might be missing the generator
    Along with the implementation there are two new optional
    attributes in the <type> section:
    standalone_integrity="true|false"
    embed_integrity_metadata="true|false"
    standalone_integrity activates/deactivates the dm_integrity map
    on top of the root filesystem. Similar to the veritysetup support
    there is the opportunity to create an embedded magic metadata
    block at the end of the device containing the root
    filesystem via embed_integrity_metadata
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update per codacy smell
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for part clones to the Disk interface
    The Disk class provides methods to create partition(s)
    and map names according to its scope and independent of
    the actual partition tools. For example: create_root_partition().
    This commit adds an additional optional clone parameter to
    all methods for which we want to allow partition clones
* Sun Apr 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Be less strict in boot link to itself
    As part of the grub setup a link named 'boot' inside of
    /boot is created pointing to itself 'boot -> .'. The reason
    is to allow the bootloader config to find its files referenced as
    /boot/something independently if /boot is placed into an extra
    partition. However if an extra boot partition is used and a
    filesystem which does not support symlinks, e.g fat, that
    symlink creation should not lead to an error in the image build
    process as it is considered an optional safe link and not a
    mandatory pre-requisite
* Thu Apr 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed TW arm rpi integration test
    Explicitly add ruby to the package list
* Wed Apr 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.30 → 9.24.31
* Wed Apr 06 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - Fix LABEL detection (#2112)
    When only "root=" is specified on the kernel command line the match is
    located in the first group. Loop through the groups upon mtach to find
    what we are looking for.
* Tue Apr 05 2022 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - Preserve LABEL setting (#2108)
    Preserve the LABEL= setting when the grub config file is re-generated.
    the GRUB_ENABLE_LINUX_LABEL setting does not exists upstream and
    not in any SUSE distribution. Set the grub setting such that LABEL
    is preserved on SUSE distros. (bsc#1197616)
* Tue Apr 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix test_setup_default_grub_empty_kernelcmdline
    The unit test exists to check that GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT
    is not set depending on the provided cmdline. The test exists
    for reasons explained in Issue #1650
* Fri Apr 01 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Don't compress .appx containers (#2106)
    The container is actually inside and already compressed.
* Fri Apr 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added new CloneDevice class
    Added CloneDevice class to the storage interface.
    The class allows to create clone(s) from a given source
    block device into a list of target block devices.
    The target block devices are clones of the source but
    prevents device naming conflicts for unique identifiers
    like the UUID. This is requires to still allow to boot
    from images containing device clones and needs to be
    handled by tools that might work on top of the cloned
    devices.
* Thu Mar 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Improve readability of shell commands
    The way the lsblk pipeline is constructed is improved
    to become easier to read by this commit
* Thu Mar 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added set_uuid() method to FileSystem API
    Allow to set a custom UUID not only at creation time of
    a filesystem but also at a later point in time in an
    already existing filesystem
* Tue Mar 29 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Ensure BootloaderConfig resources are cleaned first
    This commit wraps the manual BootloaderConfig instance cleanup in
    disk builder into a try/finally scope. This way if KIWI is aborted
    or fails within this scope the BootloaderConfig is cleaned up first.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed overlay root dracut module
    make sure there is always only one selection for the
    readonly root partition
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update LUKS integration test for TW
    Use cipher options to make cryptomount work again
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Set LUKS(v1) for TW encryption integration test
    In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default but the grub cryptomount
    tool is not able to work with the v2 LUKS header. Thus the test
    explicitly builds against the former luks version for now
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Set LUKS2 for TW luks encryption integration test
    In Tumbleweed LUKS2 became the default also for grub
    and cryptomount, which requires to create a LUKS2 header
    in the dm_crypt layer
* Tue Mar 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.29 → 9.24.30
* Mon Mar 28 2022 Tim Serong <tserong@suse.com>
  - Add ensure_empty_tmpdirs option for OCI containers (bsc#1197783)
    Since #1759 was merged, the contents of /run/ and /tmp/ are excluded from
    built images.  This causes problems for some containers, notably Ceph when
    deployed in a Rook/k8s environment, which needs to have certain directories
    present inside /run/.  This commit adds the ability to return to the previous
    behaviour and *not* empty those temporary directories, if you specify
    <image><preferences><type [...] ensure_empty_tmpdirs="false">.
    Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/2093
    Signed-off-by: Tim Serong <tserong@suse.com>
* Fri Mar 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed parsing of veritysetup output
    veritysetup uses tabs to align values. The way kiwi parsed
    the values did not strip out the tabs and later on keeps
    them in the verification metadata block. The unit test
    did not catch this because the mock output used for
    veritysetup did not contain tabs. This commit fixes the
    test to catch this condition and also fixes the code to
    handle all space characters (tabs, space, newlines) in
    a safe way
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update contents of store_credentials result file
    The method added information about the PARTUUID as useful
    information. However, PARTUUID's are not supported by all
    partition tables. The Linux generated artificial values
    from the disk identifier are not wanted in this scope.
    As the information is not mandatory it's better to not
    provide it at all and avoid confusion to users.
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make blkid call more robust
    Do not raise of blkid is not able to read the requested ID.
    It is expected that the methods of the BlockID class either
    returns a value or none but do not raise and cause the
    complete process to terminate
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added embed_verity_metadata attribute
    Specifies to write a binary block at the end of the
    partition serving the root filesystem, containing information
    for dm_verity verification and to construct the device map
* Thu Mar 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added create_verification_metadata method
    Along with creating a filesystem including device mapper features
    like dm_verity (see verity_blocks) or dm_crypt/dm_integrity (see luks)
    there is always the question where to store the metadata information
    required to setup the device map. This can include information about
    blocksizes, offset addresses and more. The create_verification_metadata()
    method allows to write a signed custom data block of a documented
    format at the end of the given block special which stores this type
    of information such that tools at boot time gets the opportunity to
    read this information. In this commit only information connected
    to the dm_verity feature activated via the verity_blocks attribute
    will be part of the verification block. With future changes other
    data might be added
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added runtime check for by-partuuid use
    Added check_partuuid_persistency_type_used_with_mbr(). Not
    every partition table type supports UUIDs. We don't want to
    make use of the artifical values created by Linux if the
    partition table doesn't support it natively
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support partuuid and label mounts in dracut module
    The 90kiwi-overlay dracut module was not able to parse the
    device link if done with PARTUUID or LABEL
* Wed Mar 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration test for by-partuuid
    The test hooks into the existing test-image-embedded integration
    test for leap. As I plan to extend the tests specific to features
    actually only useful for special embedded images, I thought this
    would be the right place to start
* Mon Mar 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - validate luksformat options
    validate options against the cryptsetup help info
    in a runtime check
* Mon Mar 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Handle LUKS type in its own attribute
* Sun Mar 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed attribute description
    The overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute description
    contained outdated information
* Sat Mar 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for verity setup on standard rootfs
    So far the verity support was only available with the
    overlayroot layout and the read-only squashfs root. This
    commit adds a new attribute: verity_blocks="number|all"
    which allows to create the verity setup also on the
    standard root partition
    In addition to the change it was needed to extend the
    Filesystem API with an additional optional paramter to
    allow setup of the filesystem UUID. Having the opportunity
    to set the UUID at filesystem creation is generally useful
    and with regards to this particular change it became also
    required
* Fri Mar 18 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
  - Allow Btrfs and XFS as options for the boot partition filesystem
    We already do this implicitly when we do not define this attribute
    and request a boot partition, so let us explicitly offer these as
    options too.
* Fri Mar 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix grub defaults for PARTUUID use
    Make sure to set GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_PARTUUID to false
    when using by-partuuid
* Thu Mar 17 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow luks format options
    Added new luksformat element which allows to pass
    along options to the luksFormat call. This allows users to
    switch between LUKS and LUKS2 via e.g
    <luksformat>
    <option name="--type" value="luks2"/>
    </luksformat>
    It also allows to pass along a set of options only available
    to LUKS2, e.g
    <luksformat>
    <option name="--type" value="luks2"/>
    <option name="--cipher" value="aes-gcm-random"/>
    <option name="--integrity" value="aead"/>
    </luksformat>
    In addition to the new attribute the existing luks attribute
    can also be specified to read credentials from a keyfile by
    using the file:// source locator, e.g
    <type ... luks="file:///path/to/a/keyfile"/>
    This Fixes #1898
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed funny build_status.sh bug
    If the name of the repository starts with an 'F' like
    in Fedora, the 'F' is turned into a red escape sequence
    because it is assumed to be a failed status indicator :)
    The path here is probably also dumb as it just assumes
    there is a space after the status indicator. Well the
    complete script is not really a good one, but still
    helpful
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Fedora arm integration test
    Move test to Fedora 34
* Sat Mar 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added container build test for Fedora
    Fedora systems uses buildah to create containers. There is
    no integration test for kiwi which tests building containers
    with buildah. This commit adds a build test to cover this
    path. Related to Issue #2020
* Fri Mar 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-docker-derived for leap
    The test still used the additionaltags attribute with the
    latest schema (v7.5) which fails to validate because the
    attribute was moved to additionalnames
* Thu Mar 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.28 → 9.24.29
* Thu Mar 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't bind mount /run during build time
    In commit #9512318 a new bind mount of /run into the root tree
    during build time was introduced. The bind mount was done because
    in my tests running podman from config.sh it did not work without
    /run bind mounted. However, it turned out that I was wrong because
    along with the provided methods to prepare cgroups and a custom
    runtime configuration method; setupContainerRuntime() it is not
    needed to have /run bind mounted. Thus this commit deletes the
    bind mount of /run and therefore Fixes #2067
* Thu Mar 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix github action running obs service refresh
    The curl command to send the POST request for running the
    obs remote service uses the --fail-with-body option.
    Unfortunately the ubuntu-latest container used to run the
    action comes with a curl version that does not support the
    option. Thus this commit removes the use of the option
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move scope of veritysetup
    veritysetup was called as part of the disk builder. However,
    the veritysetup should be a responsibility of the classes which
    implements the sync_data method. This allows to use the creation
    of a verity hash format right after sync as a feature to these
    classes and in a broader scope. In addition to that change the
    VeritySetup::format method now returns the metadata from the
    format call and stores it as debug information to the log file.
    A concept to persistently store the verification metadata as part
    of the partition(s) will be a next step.
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Style changes in container docs
    Reformulate the container building guide a bit
* Wed Mar 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for custom size in filesystem classes
    Allow to create filesystems with an optional size parameter.
    If no size is provided the filesystem gets as big as the device
    which is the default and unchanged behavior. In addition a
    size counting from the beginning (>0) as well as a size
    counting from the end (<=0) can be provided.
* Wed Mar 09 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Update schema docs
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Tue Mar 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Provide schema version v7.5 in spec
* Tue Mar 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update descriptions to schema v7.5
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support mount by PARTUUID
    In addition to by-label and by-uuid also support mounting
    by PARTUUID. Please note kiwi also makes sure that the grub
    generated config file uses the root=PARTUUID= notation and it's
    not clear if grub-mkconfig will persist making use of it.
    Nevertheless there are also systems which uses different
    methods to boot and it makes sense to support partuuid
    mappings as well
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for partition cloning
    Support creating block level clones of certain partitions
    used in the image. Clones can be created from the root, boot
    and any partition listed in the <partitions> element.
* Sun Mar 06 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update cron for security scorecard
    Run weekly on Saturdays
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for extended layout to msdos table
    This commit adds the following new type attribute
    <type ... dosparttable_extended_layout="true|false"/>
    If set it specifies to make use of logical partitions inside
    of an extended one. Effective only on type configurations which
    uses the msdos table type, it will cause the fourth partition
    to be an extended partition and all following partitions will be
    placed as logical partitions inside of that extended partition.
    This setting is useful if more than 4 partitions needs to be
    created in an msdos table.
    In addition to the support for extended/logical partitions the
    the attributes 'mountpoint' and 'filesystem' in the <partitions>
    section becomes optional. This also allows to place partitions
    as placeholders not mounted into the system
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added type hints for partitioner interface
* Fri Mar 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.27 → 9.24.28
* Thu Mar 03 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unconditional grub2 package requirement
    The grub2 package does not exist on all distributions
    as a name provider independent of the architecture.
    On for example Debian and Ubuntu the packages are
    handled differently and grub2 is only provided on
    supported architectures. Thus the spec file should
    set the grub2 requirement only if the distribution
    provides it in any case
* Wed Mar 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.26 → 9.24.27
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added overlayroot_verity_blocks attribute
    Setting this attribute to a number or 'all' in an overlayroot
    configuration will create a dm verity hash from the number of
    given blocks (or all) placed at the end of the squashfs compressed
    read-only root filesystem. For later verification of the device,
    and without further image description settings, the credentials
    information produced by veritysetup from the cryptsetup tools, is
    created as a file in /boot/overlayroot.verity and is stored as
    such into the image by default.
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed disk.sh caller environment
    The documentation explains the disk.sh script to be called
    from inside of the image root as it exists on the block layer.
    The disk.sh script is therefore also called after the sync
    of the unpacked image root tree to the block layer. The
    implementation however, was only partially calling disk.sh
    from such an environment. In fact the environment was only
    the mountpoint of the root partition but this is not the
    complete system regarding layouts that uses extra partitions
    and/or volumes. This commit introduces the use of the new
    class ImageSystem and calls disk.sh in the way it was
    designed and documented.
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added ImageSystem class
    The class responsibility is to provide access to the
    image root system from the block layer of the image
    scope
* Tue Mar 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prevent superfluous filesystem creation
    In case of an overlayroot setup and the request for
    no extra write partition, it is not needed to create
    a filesystem for the write space which never gets
    synced to the image
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.25 → 9.24.26
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed destructor test on oci_tools/buildah_test.py
    Calling del() from teardown breaks when the method is
    called through teardown_method
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.24 → 9.24.25
* Sat Feb 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support nose and xunit style tests
    The modifications in this commit allows the unit tests
    to run on both, pytest 6.x (nose test layout) and the new
    pytest 7.x (xunit test layout). This Fixes #2072 in a
    much nicer way. Thanks much to @smarlowucf
* Fri Feb 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update unit test to work in obs
    Some unit tests fails if they run in an obs environment.
    This is because the implementation checks the runtime
    envoironment and behaves differently if the system is
    an obs worker. The unit tests has to explicitly set this
    condition right for the test
* Fri Feb 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Unit test adaptions to pytest v7"
    This reverts commit 0dc2e803e0e8059c54a0ea23960245286675c86c.
    The pytest interface from version v6 to v7 has received
    changes which requires the tests to be adapted to work for
    either the old or the new interface. As there are still many
    distributions which uses v6 as the standard we decided to
    revert back the adaptions done to support v7 and create
    a version requirement to v6 in .virtualenv.dev-requirements.txt
    This Fixes #2072
* Wed Feb 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added overlayroot_readonly_partsize attribute
    Specifies the size in MB of the partition which stores the
    squashfs compressed read-only root filesystem in an
    overlayroot setup. This Fixes #2068
* Wed Feb 23 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update to scorecard CI 1.0.4
* Tue Feb 22 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added debootstrap log info to exception message
    In case debootstrap fails there is more detailed information
    in a logfile written by debootstrap itself. This commit changes
    the exception information to contain this log information if
    present. Related to Issue #1800
* Sun Feb 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.23 → 9.24.24
* Sun Feb 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added overlayroot_write_partition attribute
    For the oem type only, allows to specify if the extra read-write
    partition in an overlayroot setup should be created or not.
    By default the partition is created and the kiwi-overlay dracut
    module also expect it to be present. However, the overlayroot
    feature can also be used without an initrd and under certain
    circumstances it is handy to configure if the partition table
    should contain the read-write partition or not.
* Sat Feb 19 2022 Matt Coleman <matt@datto.com>
  - Use DEB822-formatted .sources files instead .list files for APT
* Tue Feb 15 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Support additional names for docker containers
    Docker containers used to support the attribute `additionaltags` which
    was used to provide multiple tags for the same image. Since only tags
    were supported this commit renames the attribute to `additionalnames`
    and now supports tags and names witht he following syntax:
    * '<name>:<tag>' -> adds a full docker image reference including name
    and tag
    * ':<tag>'       -> adds an additional tag while reusing the former name
    * '<name>'       -> adds an additional name while reusing the former tag
    Fixes #2045
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Feb 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix on force deleting debs
    Also remove eventual post scripting prior force removal
    of deb packages. Similar inconsistencies as with the pre
    scripts can occur on force removal. We want the operation
    to be successful in force mode even if that means to
    leave a dirty state.
* Sat Feb 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for pre_disk_sync.sh script
    The optional pre_disk_sync.sh script is executed for the
    disk image type oem only and runs right before the synchronisation
    of the root tree into the disk image loop file. The script hook
    can be used to change content of the root tree as a last action
    before the sync to the disk image is performed. This is useful
    for example to delete components from the system which were
    needed before or cannot be modified afterwards when syncing
    into a read-only filesystem.
* Thu Feb 10 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Create ci-scorecards-analysis.yml
    Create security health metrics score card
* Tue Feb 08 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixup inplace podman storage and container conf
    Newer versions of podman requires runroot and graphroot
    to be explicitly set in storage.conf.
    Newer versions of podman no longer reads the engine.cgroups
    setting on containers.conf and prints a 'Failed to decode the
    keys [\"engine.cgroups\"]' warning message
    This commit fixes storage.conf and containers.conf written
    by kiwi if the setupContainerRuntime method is used in
    scripts.
* Tue Feb 08 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Make use of container name in OCI images
    Fixes #2050
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.22 → 9.24.23
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed name of secret variable
    The ci-update-build-tests action used a wrong variable
    name which does not exist in the github secrets. This
    commit fixes it and uses the correct variable name
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.21 → 9.24.22
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test""
    This reverts commit 8c4464b8ff2af2642439ce92e1e2be497f2b0f4d.
    snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share
    now hopefully for the last time
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unit tests
    The pytest interface setup() method call has changed
    in a way that an additional parameter is passed to
    the method which leads to a python error at invocation
    time if the setup method does not define it.
* Mon Feb 07 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@centosproject.org>
  - build-tests: Update CentOS 8 test appliance to CentOS Stream 8
    CentOS Linux 8 is now EOL, so switch over to CentOS Stream 8.
* Sat Feb 05 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added API for BLS and systemd-boot support
    Bootloaders implementing the Boot Loader Spec (BLS) are not
    directly compatible with the original Bootloader Class design
    in kiwi. Because of that an interface class which translates
    the original API into calls following BLS was added. This allows
    us to keep the implementations in the Builder classes and the
    public BootLoader interface untouched. In addition to the BLS
    API an implementation to support the systemd-boot loader is
    part of this commit too.
    An example type definition to use systemd-boot with an EFI
    disk image type looks like the following:
    <type image="oem" filesystem="xfs" firmware="efi" bootloader="systemd_boot" efipartsize="200"/>
    The implementation uses bootctl and kernel-install tools
    provided from systemd and expects a proper integration
    of systemd-boot by the distribution maintainers
    This Fixes #1935
* Fri Feb 04 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed handling of oem reboot settings
    There are oem settings called oem-reboot, oem-reboot-interactive
    as well as oem-shutdown and oem-shutdown-interactive. When used
    the information is passed along to the profile but not evaluated
    by any initrd code. I don't know where on the way we lost the
    code that actually works with these settings but this commit
    makes them effective. This Fixes #2056
* Thu Feb 03 2022 Dirk Müller <dirk@dmllr.de>
  - treat armv8l as armv7hl
    openSUSE switched from armv7hl buildworkers to aarch64 in 32bit mode
    which identifies itself as "armv8l" in uname -m.
* Tue Feb 01 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.20 → 9.24.21
* Mon Jan 31 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed UUID used in grub early boot script
    In case the system is luks encrypted the UUID of the root
    partition was used in the grub early boot script. However,
    this condition is only correct if in addition to the luks
    encryption the boot area is on crypto too. If boot is not
    on crypto the UUID must be the boot partition and not root.
    Only if root AND boot is on crypto the kiwi created early
    boot script includes the grub cryptomount calls.
* Sat Jan 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.19 → 9.24.20
* Sat Jan 29 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for force deleting debian packages
    The force uninstall deletes pre scripts prior removal
    because if they fail the package will not be removed.
    For a force uninstall we consider this ok. However,
    the deletion of the scripts did not happen in the
    image root. This patch fixes it
* Wed Jan 26 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for force deleting debian packages
    Pass --force-depends to allow uninstall even if the
    dependency checker complains
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix use of xattrs for container sync
    when syncing data for containers only a subset of xattr
    attributes can be applied. This Fixes #2009
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.18 → 9.24.19
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
  - Ensure SELinux labels are set based on the policy
    When running kiwi from a filesystem tree that has custom labels applied
    (such as when using kiwi from within a container on an SELinux-enabled
    host), the filesystem labeling doesn't correctly apply on some files
    and folders with a warning about the location being customized by
    the administrator. This causes all kinds of strange results with
    the built images and makes them unbootable.
    To resolve this, tell setfiles to forcibly set files and folders
    with the default context from the installed policy.
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Extend and update documentation about /etc/machine-id setup
* Tue Jan 25 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix ordered list in shell_scripts.rst
    Ordered lists must be indented by three spaces, otherwise the numbering breaks.
* Mon Jan 24 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.17 → 9.24.18
* Mon Jan 24 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Fix ramdisk deployments from PXE
    This commit fixes PXE deployments on ramdisk. In such cases the
    former fix from df4e62a4 is not sufficient as there is no `root=`
    parameter within the kernel cmd line and hence this logic is never
    executed.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Jan 21 2022 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Update outdated PKGBUILD for Arch Linux
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unit test race condition
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed grub loader/entries setup
    If called in non standard environments like an OBS worker
    the grub tooling does not work correctly and produces invalid
    results. For these cases kiwi provides a collection of fix_
    methods to change the produced results. This commit covers
    the invalid path in loader/entries/*.conf files pointing to
    the kernel and the initrd as they exist in the image-root
    directory. This results for example in settings like:
    linux /usr/src/packages/KIWI-oem/build/image-root/boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64
    when it should be:
    linux /boot/vmlinuz-5.14.0-43.el9.x86_64
    This Fixes #2038
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Set /.snapshots subvolume to mode 0700 (bsc#1194992)
    Avoid that users other than root can enter or even change the content.
    This is what snapper does as well.
* Fri Jan 21 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed build_status helper output issue
    Starting with CentOS stream 9 integration tests a new
    layer in the project that builds it was added. This changed
    the osc results output and messed up the build_status
    helper output a bit. This commit fixes it
* Thu Jan 20 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix the uninstall(force) on Debian based dists
    Packages marked for uninstall via <package name="delete|uninstall"/>
    failed to become removed for several reasons. The way this was done
    in kiwi did not work because dpkg needs to be called differently
    and with some nasty pre-processing in order to allow for force
    deletion. In force mode we also allow to remove packages marked as
    essential. In gracefull uninstall mode this commit makes sure the
    environment is prepared and does not fail for false-positive
    reasons.
* Wed Jan 19 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added mail map
    Added information about my private e-mail being the
    successor for the work done when I was an employee
    of SUSE
* Tue Jan 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow calling podman within chroot
    Added helper functions and env preparation code
    to allow calling podman from within a chroot. This
    allows to run podman from e.g config.sh and also
    inside of OBS workers
* Tue Jan 18 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix requirements for kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems
    Extend btrfs condition applying for EL8 to apply for EL9 too
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.16 → 9.24.17
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed image builds without kernel
    If an image is build without a kernel kiwi fails due to
    some code paths expecting the presence of kernel modules
    and or kernel binaries. This commit fixes this and allows
    creating an image without installing a kernel.
* Fri Jan 14 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added CentOS Stream 9 integration tests
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Allow "uninitialized" as content of /etc/machine-id
    According to machine-id(5), an empty file does not signal that this is the
    first boot of the system. Instead, the file needs to be missing or contain
    the string "uninitialized". A missing file does not work if the filesystem
    is initially mounted read-only, so allow "uninitialized" as well, instead
    of truncating it.
    Improve the documentation of the method, e.g. dracut is not involved.
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Fix booting GRUB submenu entries with hybrid images (linux/linuxefi)
    Variables assigned with "set" are not visible in submenus for some reason.
    Export $linux and $initrd, so that they also work in submenu entries.
    Fixes bsc#1192523
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Don't copy GRUB modules for EFI with secure boot enabled
    When booting grub.efi with secure boot enabled, modules can't be loaded
    and thus the grub.efi image needs to be complete. Save some space in live
    images by not copying them into the ISO filesystem.
    Fixes part of #1750
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Fabian Vogt <fvogt@suse.de>
  - Don't include the ESP in the ISO9660 partition as well (#1750)
    Previously the image for the ESP was created inside the source directory
    for the ISO9660 filesystem, so it ended up there as well as a separate
    partition. Fix that by creating it as a temporary file instead.
* Thu Jan 13 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Automate build-tests OBS service refresh
    This commit provides a new github action which sends
    API requests to the OBS api to refresh the source
    services for the integration tests on the OBS server
    side. This Fixes #1980
* Wed Jan 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added docker integration test for Ubuntu
* Wed Jan 12 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update ubuntu integration test to Hirsute(21.04)
* Tue Jan 11 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.15 → 9.24.16
* Sun Jan 09 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed regression in compression detection
    The change from 282529de8f612dee32d54ee868c2365dcd829220
    Introduced a bad regression. The assumption was made that the
    xz tool could be used to detect if a file is compressed or not.
    However, this requires the file to be locally present. In the
    scope of the method call is_compressed() and within a remote
    deployment e.g PXE this is not the case. Therefore the former
    way to "detect" the compression according to the .xz postfix
    of the source filename was restored. In addition the function
    name was changed to is_xz_compressed() because that's what the
    method can do and not more. This Fixes #2015
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added debug option --debug-run-scripts-in-screen
    Instead of running scripts in screen if the --debug switch is
    set, we allow to explicitly switch on this behavior via
    a new option. This Fixes #2010
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change packages target for bootincludes
    Packages marked with bootinclude="true" will be added to the
    referenced kiwi boot image description if the initrd_system
    is set to "kiwi" instead of "dracut". The package marked was
    primarily added to the type="image" section and got only
    added to the type="bootstrap" section if no image type section
    existed. However, it has turned out that this approach has
    the disadvantage that packages which must be installed as
    part of the bootstraping (e.g certificates) cannot be handled.
    This commit changes the behavior of the bootinclude to include
    the package always to the type="bootstrap" section.
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add GitHub workflow badges
* Fri Jan 07 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed Codacy Badge
* Sun Jan 02 2022 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow firmware="custom" setting
    The firmware attribute in kiwi is used to indicate for
    which boot firmware the image should be build. Specifying
    the target firmware is helpful to create for example the
    correct disk layout. If no firmware is specified KIWI
    decides for a default according to the image architecture.
    This selection is not 100% accurate and as we don't know
    the later target system. Especially for embedded devices
    the correct disk layout and other settings can be
    board specific and KIWI's default settings regarding the
    firmware could be invalid. For compatibility reasons we
    cannot switch off the default selection case and therefore
    a new attribute value "custom" is introduced with this
    commit. If set KIWI does not select any firmware and
    consequently all settings caused by a firmware setup will
    be skipped. On the other hand this means all needed
    settings for the target to boot and not done by KIWI
    needs to be specified explicitly and as needed.
* Sun Jan 02 2022 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
  - Add util-linux dep for -systemdeps-disk-images subpackage
    Without this dependency, kiwi fails to work properly in minimal image
    build environments, like in a mock chroot where util-linux is not installed.
* Fri Dec 17 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
  - index.rst: fix headline
    * third try: apply diff by schaefi
* Fri Dec 17 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
  - index.rst: fix headline
    * removed lonely bracket
    * added more lines to fix syntax
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Tanja Roth <taroth@suse.com>
  - index.rst: Change title (bsc#1189294#c2)
    * 'KIWI NG 9: KIWI NG Documentation' -> 'Building Linux System Appliances with KIWI Next Generation (KIWI NG <VERSION>)
    * suggested in bsc#1189294#c2 for more clarity
    * change has been discussed with and approved by main author (Marcus S.)
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Rüdiger Oertel <ro@suse.de>
  - support compressed modules in other formats
    when cleaning up the firmware directory for unused files
* Thu Dec 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.14 → 9.24.15
* Wed Dec 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Rework troubleshooting chapter and add an article
    about app security subsystems like selinux and their
    potential influence on building images. Also update
    the quickstart with a reference to the troublshooting
    chapter. This Fixes #1891
* Wed Dec 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for collection modules
    In CentOS Stream 8 and Red Hat Enterprise Linux 8, there are
    Application Streams that are offered in the form of modules
    (using Fedora Modularity technology). To build images that use
    this content KIWI needs to support to enable/disable various
    modules. This commit allows to configure collection modules
    in a new element as shown below
    <packages type="bootstrap">
    <collectionModule name="module" stream="stream" enable="true|false"/>
    </packages>
    This Fixes Issue #1999
* Mon Dec 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.13 → 9.24.14
* Sun Dec 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Disable intersphinx
    intersphinx is a doc extension which links to the documentation of
    objects in other projects whenever Sphinx encounters a cross-reference
    that has no matching target in the current documentation set, it
    looks for targets in the documentation sets configured in the
    intersphinx_mapping. However, the kiwi docs do not use this feature
    thus it can be disabled.
* Tue Nov 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Compress container images in builder class
    This commit changes the stage at which container images are compressed
    to match the criteria applied to other image types. Instead of
    compressing the image in OCI devoted classes now it is happening
    in builder class by setting Result instance properties.
    Fixes #1996
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Fixed MicroOS build test"
    This reverts commit 52c38f9ec22aef484efaf0a570dc78eea529deec.
    The TW people moved to an older version of libsnapper, no
    idea what these guys are doing
* Mon Nov 29 2021 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
  - kiwi-repart: Fix spelling error in source code comment
* Mon Nov 29 2021 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz <glaubitz@physik.fu-berlin.de>
  - Fix multiple minor spelling errors in documentation
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for setting up release version
    Currently the release version is not set or set to '0'
    for package managers which requires a value to operate.
    However, in order to support leveraging the same description
    across different releases it is important to have the
    opportunity to specify a setting for the release version.
    This commit adds a new optional attribute to the preferences
    section which allows to specify a custom value which
    serves as the release version:
    <preferences>
    <release-version>TEXT</release-version>
    </preferences>
    If not specified the default setting as before applies.
    Please note the release version information is currently
    used in dnf and microdnf package managers only. It might
    happen that it gets applied to the other package manager
    backends as well. This will happen on demand though.
    Related to Issue #1918. This Fixes #1927
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.12 → 9.24.13
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add global --kiwi-file option
    When building with kiwi a search on the kiwi main config
    file is made inside of the given --description directory.
    The search looks up for the file config.xml or *.kiwi.
    So far there was no opportunity to specify another name.
    This commit adds an option in the global area named:
    - -kiwi-file name
    which will make kiwi to lookup this file inside of the
    given --description directory and fail if it does not
    exist. This Fixes #1973
* Mon Nov 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added type hints for CliTask class
* Fri Nov 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.11 → 9.24.12
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use realpath to resolve this:// location
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support this:// resource locator for includes
    Allow include references like the following example:
    <include from="this://include.xml"/>
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow repo path relative to the image description
    This commit adds a new URI type called this://... The
    this:// part will be resolved into the absolute path to
    the image description. A source path like the following:
    <source path="this://my_repo"/>
    is resolved to
    <source path="dir:///path/to/image/description/my_repo"/>
    This change provides the requested opportunity to reference
    repos provided as part of the image description and
    Fixes #1964
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Care for different snapper template locations
    snapper recently changed their config template location
    from etc/ to usr/. This commit handles the two locations
    and Fixes bsc#1192940
* Thu Nov 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prevent warning message on resize exception
    On systems which are configured to run the oem resize at
    every boot (default case) kiwi checks how much space is free
    and if that fits the constraints configured as part of the
    image description. If the constraints are not met a warning
    message is displayed and the boot continuous without any
    resize action happening.
    This warning message however, always appears after the first
    boot when the resize had happened and no rest space on disk
    is present unless the disk geometry would have changed.
    The situation of the reboot of the system without any disk
    geometry change is the standard case and happens way more
    often than the reboot with a disk geometry change.
    Therefore the warning message displayed is not actually
    a real warning and most often considered as an issue
    when there is none. To relax this situation, this commit
    only shows the warning message if the detected free space
    on disk is greater than 2M, which is the condition under
    which we assume an intentional (user made) disk geometry
    change.
    This Fixes #1958
* Wed Nov 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.10 → 9.24.11
* Wed Nov 24 2021 Justin <47017732+TheMisanthropicHumanist@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list (#1982)
    Fix Source Install Disk Detection in get_disk_list
    The original check doesn't always work because PARTITIONS get labels, NOT disks. If you install with
    a Flash Drive and deploy to a machine with an NVMe drive, the Flash Drive is listed first because SCSIs
    are shown first by lsblk (At least they were in our scenario). When we run
    blkid "[Install Flash Drive Disk]" -s LABEL -o value
    in this scenario, we get nothing returned so this conditional evaluates incorrectly. We should get the
    ${kiwi_install_volid} Partition Block Name, and search for whether ${disk_device} is contained within it as
    the Disk Device that corresponds to the Install Partition.
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Do not force dracut into a compression setting
    So far we called dracut with --xz which forces the initrd
    to be xz compressed. There are other compression formats
    used by the distributions and they might differe from xz.
    The selection for a compression tool is done by a dist
    configuration in dracut.conf.d which is provided by the
    distributions as they see fit. For us this means not
    forcing dracut into a specific compression setting allows
    to make use of the distro provided setting and also
    allows to change/override this setting by an overlay
    file. This Fixes bsc#1192975
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.9 → 9.24.10
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added documentation about sharing backends
    The kiwi boxbuild plugin supports several sharing
    backends. Details about them and eventual pre-setup
    steps prior use are mentioned in this document
* Tue Nov 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed MicroOS build test
    snapper default config has moved from /etc to /usr/share
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.8 → 9.24.9
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.7 → 9.24.8
* Mon Nov 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for reading metalink in info module
    For resolver operations through libsolv the 'kiwi image info'
    module exists. So far it could not read the repos from
    metalink repo definitions. This Fixes #1890
* Fri Nov 19 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Force key attribute from signing element to be treated as a URI
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Nov 18 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Pass signing keys from the XML to the repositories
    This commits makes sure signing keys are passed to
    repositories setup in build task.
    Signed-off-by: David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
* Thu Nov 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move static sle15 integration test to git
* Tue Nov 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.6 → 9.24.7
* Mon Nov 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed raid integration test using extra boot part
    Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
    adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
    from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
    binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
    /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
    testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Mon Nov 15 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Make sure fedora-release is installed on Rawhide
    Follow up to #1957 and #1962:
    The Fedora build tests were using the generic release package and not
    fedora-release. This issue has been partially fixed in #1962, but we forgot to
    port the fix to the rawhide images as well. This commit adds the missing package
    to the Rawhide images as well.
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.5 → 9.24.6
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for debootstrap called only once
    A recent change skipped calling debootstrap if the allow-existing-root
    flag was passed in combination with apt as the package manager.
    However this is not enough. If you say allow-existing-root but
    the existing root is empty or not valid to continue with chroot
    and apt the debootstrap phase should not be skipped. This commit
    checks if apt works in the chroot such that we can assume
    debootstrap has done its job and can be skipped
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to set sign keyfile in repository elements
    This commit adds a new and optional child element <signing>
    to the repository/source element as shown in the following
    example:
    <repository>
    <source path="...">
    <signing key="keyfile"/>
    </source>
    </repository>
    The collection of all keyfiles from all repositories will be
    added to the keyring as used by the selected package manager.
    Signing keys specified on the commandline and signing keys
    specified in the image description will be combined.
    This Fixes #1883
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.4 → 9.24.5
* Fri Nov 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed include processing
    This commit fixes several issue connected with the use of
    the <include> directive:
    First and foremost the XSLT chain was broken in a way that
    the include XSLT in combination with the PrettyPrinter XSLT
    were called not in the chain of stylesheets but together.
    This results in XML descriptions which duplicated the content
    and went invalid
    Another change is, when the include XSLT is called in the chain.
    This commit moves it to become the very first processing
    instruction such that the included data is part of all subsequent
    XSLT stylesheets. This also allows to use older schema versions
    in included XML data and they get automatically converted through
    the chain of XSLT stylesheets.
    Last change is the evaluation of the from= attribute value. This
    value is now interpreted as an URI. Currently only local URIs are
    supported. The reason to do this is because XSLT when processing
    a document resolves relative paths according to the file path
    of the master document. As kiwi does not change the original
    content that path with will be a /var/tmp location if one of
    the XSLT stylesheets were used. The documentation for this change
    was updated as well
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.3 → 9.24.4
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added type hints and annotations for iso_tools
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop support for cdrtools
    Tools like mkisofs, genisoimage and friends are all unmaintained
    and have found their substitute in xorriso for quite some time.
    This commit deletes the code from kiwi which supported creation
    of ISO images using the obsolete cdrtools collection. In addition
    all hack code associated with these tools like mbr insertion via
    isohybrid and things like that got dropped as well.
    This Fixes #1908
* Thu Nov 11 2021 kyr <kshtsk@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Drop usage of `factor` from coreutils
    utils/checksum: drop factor calls
    For portability we don't need to call linux coreutils' factor,
    instead we use pure python prime number generation implementation.
    Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Thu Nov 11 2021 Matt Coleman <matt@datto.com>
  - Add support for custom GRUB templates
    This allows the user to specify a template file to customize
    the bootloader menu. This only applies to oem and iso image
    types: other image types use the grub mkconfig toolchain.
    This resolves Issue #1970
    Co-authored-by: Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Only trigger functions workflow on certain paths
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Re-enable functions integration tests once again
* Tue Nov 09 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
  - config/functions: make baseQuoteFile use extended regex
    It is more universal to use extended regex, because they can
    be used on wider range of platforms, for example, same
    regex works equally on bsd sed and linux distributions.
    Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Mon Nov 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added python 3.9, 3.10 to test workflow
* Mon Nov 08 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@suse.com>
  - utils/temporary: rename dir parameter to path
    To avoid conflicts with python standard `dir` function
    and for better matching purpose, the Temporary class
    constructor parameter it is the best to rename from dir
    to path.
    Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Sun Nov 07 2021 Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
  - utils/temporary: the --temp-dir does not work
    Using of --temp-dir argument does not make an effect,
    because optional 'dir' parameter defaults to the
    global TEMP_DIR value before it's changed.
    This patch address this issue.
    Signed-off-by: Kyr Shatskyy <kyrylo.shatskyy@gmail.com>
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.2 → 9.24.3
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed s390 SLE15 integration test
    added blog package to solve packages added by
    file provides which are not resolved by obs
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed s390 integration test using extra boot part
    Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
    adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
    from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
    binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
    /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
    testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Wed Nov 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added partition sizes to disk size math
    Make sure partition sizes are used for the calculation
    of the entire disk size to fit the size constraints of
    the image disk
* Tue Nov 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Cleanup xattr requirement"
    This reverts commit 6754b3f9e270a6cb710355605c46b0bade4de29c.
    It has turned out that SLE15 still uses the other xattr
    module :/
* Tue Nov 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration test
    Test the combination of custom partitions and volumes
* Fri Oct 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure fedora-release is installed
    Fedora based integration tests should install the fedora-release
    package. If no release package is specified the generic-release
    package is choosen which is unexpected. This Fixes #1957
* Wed Oct 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure debootstrap is called only once
    When building debian based images the bootstrap phase
    is done by calling debootstrap. If kiwi is called on
    an already existing root tree via --allow-existing-root
    this will make debootstrap to fail in any case. This
    is because for debootstrap it's an error condition if
    there is already data in the root. However, for kiwi
    and the explicitly requested re-use of the root tree
    this is not an error. Thus this commit skips the
    bootstrap by debootstrap and directly continues with
    the image phase.
* Wed Oct 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup xattr requirement
    There is no version of suse we support that provides
    the old xattr module. Thus the requirement can be set
    in a clean way to pyxattr and the setup.py trickery
    can be deleted
* Mon Oct 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Disable config functions testing
    It happens too often that the failure on running the
    container causes failed results which are not actually
    failures. I have hope that #1944 stabilize this
* Fri Oct 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.1 → 9.24.2
* Fri Oct 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed nasty bug in ramdisk generator
    The ramdisk unit generator reads the config.bootoptions
    file and extracts the root_uuid from it. This is done
    with a very simple shell read using a space as separator.
    However the last element is never read by that code.
    As long as there was yet another kernel cmdline option
    after the root= option this bug was not an issue. But
    as soon as the root= option is last in the list it will
    not be read and the generator exits prior creating the
    sysroot.mount target. This commit fixes it in a way
    that it makes sure there is always a space at the end
    of the config.bootoptions file
* Thu Oct 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Support custom partitions
    In addition to the volume volume management settings also
    allow to setup low level table entries like in the following
    example:
    <partitions>
    <partition name="var" size="100" mountpoint="/var" filesystem="ext3"/>
    </partitions>
* Thu Oct 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration build test for bundle_format
* Wed Oct 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added lsof to kiwi-systemdeps-core
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for custom result bundle naming
    Allow to specify a bundle_format per <type> which is used
    at the time of the result bundle creation to create image
    output names matching the provided pattern.
    This Fixes #1943
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added missing python-simplejson to pkgbuild
    Added missing python-simplejson requirement to the
    archlinux pkgbuild package template
* Tue Oct 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Raise exception on umount issue
    Up to now kiwi tried to umount a resource it has mounted for some
    time and if it was not possible due to a busy state the process
    continued. In any of these situations it was not possible to free
    up the nested resources and it could also happen that the image
    build result got corrupted because there is still data that can
    be consumed but shouldn't be there anymore. The change here makes
    kiwi to stop the process and raise with an error also including
    the information that there are now resources still active but
    busy on the host and a manual cleanup is unfortunately needed.
    This Fixes #1914
* Mon Oct 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added SystemOverlayRoot profile
    Test kiwi's overlayroot mode without initrd
* Mon Oct 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update test for image without initrd and loader
    The systemd-remount-fs.service expects devices to be present
    in their UUID representation. When booting without an initrd
    there is no udev and the root= device must be provided with
    the kernel exposed unix device name. In addition there is no
    UUID device representation for virtio devices which are used
    together with the small kvmsmall kernel of this example.
    Since booting of this appliance is done via:
    $ kvm --kernel (kernel-kvmsmall) \
    - drive file=kiwi-test-image-embedded.raw,if=virtio \
    - append "root=/dev/vda1 console=ttyS0 rw"
    The kernel rootfs is mounted in rw mode anyway. Thus the systemd
    remount service is not useful in this case and switched off
* Fri Oct 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.24.0 → 9.24.1
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure embedded test exposes the kernel
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of LUKS encrypted images with empty pass
    For initial provisioning of LUKS encrypted disk images an
    empty passphrase key is handy to avoid interaction in the
    deployment process. However, the dracut kiwi modules were
    lacking the information that the luks keyfile could be an
    empty passphrase key which must not be opened with the
    potential risk to get prompted for input. This commit
    introduces a new profile environment variable evaluated
    by the dracut kiwi lib code to open the LUKS pool and
    allows to distinguish the situation on key files with
    or without a passphrase
* Thu Oct 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed type annotations for LuksDevice class
* Wed Oct 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed repo setup for test-image-embedded
    Use obsrepositories
* Wed Oct 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added a build test for no-initrd / no-bootloader
    It's allowed to configure an image building without an
    initrd and/or bootloader setup. These are settings mostly
    used in the embedded world and this build test makes sure
    images of that kind can be build
* Tue Oct 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for portable result data (#1949)
    In addition to the serialized Result instance kiwi.result
    file this commit also creates a portable version of this
    information in kiwi.result.json. Only the information that
    can be expressed as json document is part of the portable
    version. This is related to Issue #1918
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added documentation for kiwi stackbuild plugin
    Restructure the documentation to put all plugin documentation
    under its own category. Add a chapter about the stackbuild
    plugin, it's concepts and use cases. This Fixes #1907
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.63 → 9.24.0
* Thu Oct 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for toplevel include directive(s)
    On the toplevel of an image description you can now
    specify include directive(s) like in the following
    example
    <image ...>
    ...
    <include from="filename_a.xml"/>
    ...
    <include from="filename_b.xml"/>
    </image>
    At the place of their occurrence the include statement
    will be replaced with the contents of the given filename.
    The implementation is based on a XSLT stylesheet and
    applies very early in the process. The stylesheet reads
    the contents of the given file as XML document().
    Thus only valid XML documents gets accepted by this
    include concept. This Fixes #1929 and is related to
    Issue #1918
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Switch to pytest_container instead of custom conftest
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.62 → 9.23.63
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed error reporting for stateful description
    Errors due to missing or no type definitions were reported
    provding the internal object reference of the XML parse
    result. This is useless information for users and needs
    to be done better. This commit fixes the error message to
    avoid showing object references and includes information
    about the applied profiles used for this XML state.
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed legacy PXE documentation
    The documentation for building a legacy pxe image was not
    using the profiles (Flat or Compressed) as the actual image
    description for this example requires it. This Fixes #1923
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added mdadm to requires for systemdeps
    When building raid based images the buildhost needs mdadm.
    In addition rework the place to require disk based tools.
    Most of them were added to the filesystem systemdeps but
    belong to the disk systemdeps
* Wed Oct 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed creation of loopback config
    If an extra boot partition is in use the creation of the config
    file for the loopback boot feature was using the wrong path.
    This commit fixes it and also introduces integration checks
    which builds in this condition
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT setup regression
    The value for GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT should only be
    changed if custom kernelcmdline values are provided. In
    case there are none kiwi should not change this value.
    The test to check for this condition is based on the
    result cmdline reduced by the root setting. However the
    default cmdline setting in kiwi appends 'rw' in addition
    to the root device information. This means the default
    kernelcmdline is never empty and therefore the grub
    setting GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="rw" is always set.
    This commit fixes the conditional change by making sure
    the default cmdline only consists out of the root
    device information. This Fixes #1650
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow logfile option to log on stdout
    The option setting '--logfile stdout' is now a special form
    and logs the messages usually written to a file to stdout
    instead. This is handy if all messages of the build are
    requested but the --debug switch is not because it does more
    than that, e.g calling scripts through debug'able screen
    sessions
* Tue Oct 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow test-image-luks to be build locally too
    In suse there are many programs replaced by the busybox
    alternative and also preferred by the package manager.
    However there are also packages like the kernel in suse
    which wants gawk and not busybox-gawk. In kiwi to build
    images there are two installation phases, the bootstrap
    phase which installs mandatory packages to allow chroot
    operations and the image phase which installs the rest
    of the requested packages as chroot operation. In this
    two pass step the package manager is called twice to
    resolve dependencies and that causes the issue with the
    preferred busybox packages which gets pulled in in the
    first phase. To prevent this there are only two options:
    1. Explicitly list the non busybox packages in the
    bootstrap phase
    2. Prevent the image phase and put all packages to
    the bootstrap phase such there is only one package
    manager call for dependency resolution
    This commit implementes option 1. because having all
    packages in the bootstrap phase means that the host
    packagemanager resolves and if the host packagemanager
    is somehow not compatible with the image target this
    leads to other weird issues which are not obvious and
    hard to debug.
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.61 → 9.23.62
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed script calls when running in obs
    kiwi is called with --debug in obs which triggers the scripts
    to be called through screen. However the obs caller is not
    associated with a terminal thus it fails. This commit creates
    an exception for debug mode when running in obs
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.60 → 9.23.61
* Thu Sep 23 2021 Luis González Fernández <luisgf@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Fix secure boot for ubuntu based images
    This patch fixes #1911 and makes secure boot images to work again in Ubuntu 20.04
    Co-authored-by: Luis Ladislao Gonzalez Fernandez <luislgf@inditex.com>
* Wed Sep 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Run scripts via a screen session in debug mode
    When creating a custom script it usually takes some iterations of
    try and testing until a final stable state is reached. To support
    developers with this task kiwi calls scripts associated with a
    screen session. The connection to screen is only done if kiwi
    is called with the --debug option.
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete obsolete release stage from gitlab
    Now done as github action
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.59 → 9.23.60
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed pypi tox release target
    Only needs the creation of the sdist tarball
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.58 → 9.23.59
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moved pages and pypi publish to github actions
    Moved gh-pages doc update and pypi upload from gitlab
    to github actions
* Tue Sep 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed RNC schema definition
    From the compact form of the schema the RNG schema
    is created. The latest changes to support the target_dir
    attribute in the <archive> section were added wrong
    to the compact form of the schema
* Fri Sep 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed Tumbleweed integration tests
    Due to changes in the distribution the tests needs some
    adaptions. The kernel as provided now by TW uses symlinks
    from boot to /usr/lib/modules/... to point to the kernel
    binary. Of course this breaks for any system that uses
    /boot on another partition. Those image tests which were
    testing this aspect needs fixing.
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.57 → 9.23.58
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed MANIFEST
    Make sure all test data is included into the source tarball not only
    a recursive inclusion of a portion of it. This is needed to run
    tests at build time from the pypi provided source tarball
* Wed Sep 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.56 → 9.23.57
* Tue Sep 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed python manifest
    Deleted no longer existing doc source from manifest and
    add the full set of documentation sources
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.55 → 9.23.56
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Only wipe bundle dir when required
    The given result bundle dir must only be wiped if the
    request to turn the result files into an rpm was given.
    Only in this case the given bundle dir must start empty
* Fri Sep 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed uninstall handling via dnf, microdnf, zypper
    The above package managers supports uninstall instructions
    like 'iwl*'. In kiwi there was code checking via rpm if
    the packages given to uninstall actually exists. That code
    does not work if the given package to uninstall is an
    instruction that matches a pattern. Therefore if we use
    the uninstall section in the kiwi image description, just
    pass the provided information to the package manager and
    don't try to be clever in kiwi itself.
* Thu Sep 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to set --logfile for result namespace
    Setting a logfile for e.g 'kiwi-ng result bundle ...'
    is useful and should be possible
* Thu Sep 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.54 → 9.23.55
* Wed Sep 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for building rpm package from bundle
    With the new option --package-as-rpm it is possible to
    call the kiwi result bundler such that the image build
    results gets packaged into an rpm. I think this is a
    handy feature to transport image builds via repositories
* Wed Sep 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed MicroOS integration test
    With ignition/combustion in place it's not allowed
    to use tmp as a subvolume
* Tue Sep 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.53 → 9.23.54
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed condition for GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID="true"
    The grub config parameter GRUB_DISABLE_LINUX_UUID must only
    be set if the device persistence setting is not UUID. However,
    in kiwi UUID device names are the default and doesn't have to
    be expressed explicitly. Therefore the condition to check
    for different than 'by-uuid' is wrong for the default case were
    no device persistence setting exists. This results in a wrong
    grub option to be set. This commit fixes it in a way to disable
    UUID device names in grub if the only other device persistency
    setting in kiwi named: 'by-label' is explicitly configured.
    This Fixes #1842
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added force_trailing_slash argument to sync_data
    A speciality of the rsync tool is that it behaves differently
    if the given source_dir ends with a '/' or not. If it ends
    with a slash the data structure below will be synced to the
    target_dir. If it does not end with a slash the source_dir
    and its contents are synced to the target_dir. For example:
    source
    └── some_data
    1. $ rsync -a source target
    target
    └── source
    └── some_data
    2. $ rsync -a source/ target
    target
    └── some_data
    The parameter force_trailing_slash in the DataSync::sync_data
    method can be used to make sure rsync behaves like shown in
    the second case. This Fixes #1786
* Mon Sep 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added type hints for DataSync class
* Fri Sep 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.52 → 9.23.53
* Thu Sep 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add missing bootloader tests
    Merging #1850 exposed the missing bootloader tests.
    This reminds me to move the gitlab driven unit tests
    to github actions because for forked repos the gitlab
    tests does not run but github actions tests would run
* Tue Aug 31 2021 Robert Schneider <48757730+data-intelligence-robot@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Fix logging of ISO publisher
* Tue Aug 31 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Improving text formatting
* Mon Aug 30 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Added documentation for grub2 loopback ISO images
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.51 → 9.23.52
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed pep E711 code smell
    comparison to None should be 'if cond is not None:'
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.50 → 9.23.51
* Fri Aug 27 2021 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - No compression with encryption
    When an image is setup to use encryption the resulting image appears
    as a random stream of bytes and cannot be compressed. Simply skip
    the compression in this case.
* Thu Aug 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix typo in schema documentation
    ciper -> cipher. Fix originally done by Robert Schweikert
    and moved to the right place, see Issue #1906 for details
* Thu Aug 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Allow target dir for archive
    - Add the option to specify a target directory
    to unpack the archive
    - Update doc for target dir attribute
    This Fixes #1794
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Log deprecation errors to stderr
    Make sure information about deprecated shell methods
    logs their information to stderr. This will cause the
    error message to be exposed to the user and not only
    in the log file
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed TW build test
    Explicitly added packages that causes conflicts due
    to the busybox alternatives
* Tue Aug 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.49 → 9.23.50
* Thu Aug 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for repo customization script
    repo files allows for several customization options
    which could not be set by kiwi through the current
    repository schema. As the options used do not follow
    any standard and are not compatible between package
    managers and distributions the only generic way to
    handle this is through a script which is invoked
    with the repo file as parameter for each file created
    to describe a repo for the selected package manager.
    This allows users to update/change the repo file content
    on their individual needs. In the kiwi description the
    path to the custom script can be specified as follows
    <repository ... customize="/path/to/custom_script">
    <source path="..."/>
    </repository>
    This Fixes #1896
* Fri Jul 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.48 → 9.23.49
* Thu Jul 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed fstab entry for swap on LVM
    If an LVM setup is used together with a swapspace the
    swap is created as a volume in the volume group. The
    required fstab entry to activate swap was not using
    the LVM exposed device but the UUID of the low level
    block layer. This low level device is not created
    by udev because LVM takes over precedence in this
    case.
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.47 → 9.23.48
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed LVM get_volumes
    Due to the change on the temporary directory yet another
    error in the volume manager classes for LVM got exposed.
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.46 → 9.23.47
* Sat Jul 24 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed LVM/btrfs volume based image builds
    Due to the change on the temporary directory an error
    in the volume manager classes for LVM and btrfs was
    exposed. There was code which uses a sub-part of the
    volume mount point directory which is a tempdir based
    directory name. The sub-part was choosen by an index
    based path split which worked for /tmp but no longer for
    /var/tmp. With tempdir now being also a commandline
    option this code has to become more robust.
* Fri Jul 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.45 → 9.23.46
* Thu Jul 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Do not expose the delete feature in Temporary
    We do not want to expose the ability to create temporary
    data that doesn't get auto deleted at the end of its
    scope
* Thu Jul 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor recovery archive creation
    The creation of the recovery archive was based on a tempfile
    which then gets moved to the final target file. This is bad
    because if causes the tempfile cleanup to raise an exception
    unless you specify delete=False. Creating a tempfile with
    delete=False however, negates the reason for creating self
    managed temporary data. Thus this code was refactored to
    create the recovery archive file at its final destination
    from the beginning on
* Wed Jul 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moving temp data handling to its own namespace
    Moving use of mkdtemp, NamedTemporaryFile and TemporaryDirectory
    into its own class called Temporary: By default all temporary
    data is created below /var/tmp but can be changed via the
    global commandline option --temp-dir. This Fixes #1870
* Wed Jul 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.44 → 9.23.45
* Tue Jul 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Handle UnicodeDecode errors more gracefully
    If the Codec.decode() method cannot encode the given data to utf-8
    an Encoding exception is raised which causes kiwi to raise a
    KiwiDecodingError. That way to handle the error causes an image
    build to fail. However, this sort of error for example happens if
    the .changes file of a package contains invalid characters. From
    a user perspective this cannot be fixed and you cannot build the
    image because of a stupid character error in a .changes file
    outside your control. Because of this reason this commit handles
    the decode error case differently and applies the 'replace'
    strategy on error. The characters in questions gets replaced and
    the rest of the data which can be decoded is returned.
* Mon Jul 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Install mypy library stubs for mock
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added documentation for oem-skip-verify element
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase size of efi fat image
    For ISO images an embedded efi fat image is needed to boot.
    As consequence of adding the mok manager it can happen that
    the size of the efi fat image is too small. With this commit
    the size is increased to prevent an out of space issue
* Wed Jul 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.43 → 9.23.44
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add tests for baseVagrantSetup
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Set the directory permissions of /home/vagrant/.ssh to 0700 in baseVagrantSetup
* Wed Jul 07 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Don't modify main sshd_config file via baseVagrantSetup
    In Tumbleweed we switched from shipping sshd's config file in /etc to /usr/etc,
    but baseVagrantSetup was not respecting that.
    So instead of modifying the main config file, we instead create a custom file in
    /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ with our custom setting which is much more robust
    accross distributions. However, if /etc/ssh/sshd_config.d/ does not exist, then
    we fall back to adding our settings to /etc/ssh/sshd_config.
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed LUKS keyfile permission bits
    LUKS keyfile should use 0600 file permission flags
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed secure boot fallback setup
    Make sure MokManager gets copied. The name and location of
    the mok manager is distribution specific in the same way as
    the shim loader. Thus we need to apply a similar concept
    for looking it up. This Fixes bsc#1187515
* Tue Jul 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Improve live image integration test
    Build one live image for Standard EFI+BIOS boot and
    another variant that support SecureBoot+BIOS boot
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed grub cmdline setup with custom root
    If the kiwi kernelcmdline attribute contains root=... information
    it is extracted from being written to GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT.
    However, the regexp to extract the root=... information was broken
    and deleted more elements of the cmdline information than just
    the root device information. This commit fixes the regexp to only
    delete the root=... information taking into account that every
    kernel parameter is delimited by '\s'
    This Fixes #1875
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.42 → 9.23.43
* Mon Jul 05 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Re-add suseImportBuildKey
    suseImportBuildKey is not required during the image build as kiwi imports the
    correct keys by itself. However, the created images lack the repository signing
    keys and any `zypper` commands will thus fail.
    This fixes https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1876
* Fri Jul 02 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.41 → 9.23.42
* Thu Jul 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed fedora integration test builds
    Maintain the repos in the obs prj config which prevents
    the weird "nothing provides kernel-obs-build" error
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.40 → 9.23.41
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Remove util-linux-systemd & util-linux Requires from dracut-kiwi-overlay
    These dependencies are pulled in via dracut-kiwi-lib.
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add missing util-linux-systemd Requires to dracut-kiwi-[live,libs]
* Wed Jun 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-orthos integration test
    The test was missing btrfs_root_is_snapshot which is required
    when using btrfs on tumbleweed.
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-disk-legacy integration test
    The test did not set a device filter for ramdisk devices but
    activates unattended mode. In this mode the first device in
    the list is taken and this is a ramdisk device which is
    by default too small to be used for the installation. Thus
    the install usually fails. This commit sets the device filter
    for ramdisk devices such that only associated disk devices
    can be used for the install process, which is the purpose
    of this test. This is related to Issue OSInside/kiwi-functional-tests#8
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.39 → 9.23.40
* Tue Jun 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Mount dev and proc filesystems prior dracut
    In newer versions of dracut /dev and /proc must be mounted
    for dracut to work correctly. If not present the resulting
    initrd is incomplete. This Fixes #1867
* Mon Jun 28 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa@datto.com>
  - Use namespaced files in /var/tmp for large temporary files
    Previously, kiwi created staging image files as plain temporary files
    in /tmp, which causes issues on operating systems where /tmp is tmpfs.
    Notably, image builds would fail with "no space left on the device"
    because the tmpfs was not big enough for everything to exist there.
    To fix this, we change to use /var/tmp, and additionally add a prefix
    for our temporary files so that the user knows which ones kiwi created.
    Fixes: https://github.com/OSInside/kiwi/issues/1866
* Fri Jun 25 2021 Tom Schraitle <tom_schr@web.de>
  - Use latest stylesheet in STYLEROOT
    Use "suse2021-ns" instead of "suse2013-ns" due to new
    branding.
* Wed Jun 23 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Add missing util-linux-systemd dependency to dracut-kiwi-overlay
    The script kiwi-overlay-root.sh requires lsblk which is provided by
    util-linux-systemd. If that package is missing in the final image, then booting
    an overlayroot image hangs with:
    dracut-pre-mount[480]: //lib/dracut/hooks/pre-mount/30-kiwi-overlay-root.sh: line 46: lsblk: command not found
* Tue Jun 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Start moving CI test from gitlab to actions
    Moving the linter and unit tests to github workflows and
    out of the gitlab CI system has the advantage that pull
    request from forked repos will run the tests. In the long
    run I think we should move away completely from gitlab CI
    and use github actions as this will reduce the number of
    external services used in the kiwi project. This commit
    starts with the most simple parts: unit and type tests,
    doc rendering and code style
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure chat link points to Element not Riot
    Riot has changed to Element. The index page on kiwi still
    uses the old location. This updates the information how to
    use the Matrix channel and the kiwi room name.
    This Fixes #1854
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.38 → 9.23.39
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Dan Čermák <45594031+dcermak@users.noreply.github.com>
  - Functions integration tests (#1851)
    Add integration tests for functions.sh
    Implement a container based test system to run shell code for testing.
    The concept utilizes pytest-testinfra and runs a container per test.
    The nested container in a container feature is supported by the github
    actions workflow. Thus the integration of this testing concept runs in
    the github actions CI rather than on gitlab
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't shell out for calling dnf
    refactor the dnf call to install packages and groups in
    one call. This allows to prevent calling dnf through a
    shell. For installing of a package group the group ID
    name is expected. This Fixes #1856
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Robert Schweikert <rjschwei@suse.com>
  - - Improve the error message if the config file cannot be parsed.
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Do not shell out for calling microdnf.
    In fact it can be counter productive if the shell
    evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction
    patterns. This is related to Issue #1856
* Mon Jun 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prevent calling pacman through a shell
    There is no reason to shell out for calling pacman.
    In fact it can be counter productive if the shell
    evaluates eventually existing package name/instruction
    patterns. This is related to Issue #1856
* Sat Jun 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure mypy stubs will be installed
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Update grub2.py
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Code improvement
* Thu Jun 17 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Code improvement
* Wed Jun 16 2021 Mexit <mexit@o2.pl>
  - Allow the ISO to be booted from grub directly
* Wed Jun 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow creation of LUKS system with empty key
    To support cloud platforms better we should allow the
    creation of an initial(insecure) LUKS encrypted image
    with an empty passphrase/keyfile. This Fixes
    bsc#1187461 and bsc#1187460
* Fri Jun 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.37 → 9.23.38
* Thu Jun 10 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed cleanup of temporary directory
    In the custom kiwi initrd build process a temporary directory
    holding a copy of the initrd root tree is created. That data
    got never cleaned up. This commit uses a TemporaryDirectory
    object from the tempfile module to make sure it gets deleted
    once the execution scope is done. This Fixes #1837
* Mon Jun 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.36 → 9.23.37
* Mon Jun 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete deprecated shell functions from docs
    suseActivateDefaultServices
    suseSetupProductInformation
    suseImportBuildKey
    suseConfig
    baseCleanMount
    baseSetupUserPermissions
    baseGetPackagesForDeletion
    baseGetProfilesUsed
    baseStripMans
    baseStripDocs
    baseStripInfos
    Rpm
* Sun Jun 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed creating grub bios module
    If no prebuilt grub bios module was found, kiwi creates one.
    In this case kiwi searches for the grub modules and runs
    the grub mkimage tool. The search for the modules for the
    bios module used the host system (/) grub and that fails if
    the host has packaged grub differently than the image target.
    This fix moves the lookup into the image root directory
    which is the correct place to lookup the grub data
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.35 → 9.23.36
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed building with custom kiwi initrd setup
    The change from allowing to build with initrd_system="none"
    broke the build for initrd_system="kiwi". This commit fixes
    the regression
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Use zypper --gpg-auto-import-keys option
    When building an image against self managed repos the
    auto import of the repo gpg key makes sense to me
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods
    Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup integration tests from obsolete methods
    Cleanup config.sh scripts calling obsolete helper methods
* Sat Jun 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.34 → 9.23.35
* Fri Jun 04 2021 gnuninu <dimarnicola@gmail.com>
  - Corrected preferences timezone code tag
* Tue Jun 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor config functions code
    Reorganize the code into more readable areas like methods
    present as helpers, methods for customers, methods which are
    distribution specific and also methods that are deprecated
    and give a good reason why they are deprecated when they
    get called. This is related to Issue #1828
* Mon May 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33"
    This reverts commit f80549474c4baa120e6e228bacc7b4a075265753.
* Mon May 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Switch test-image-live-disk to Fedora 33
* Fri May 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed codacy code smells
* Fri May 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    kiwi/boot/image/base.py
    kiwi/boot/image/builtin_kiwi.py
    kiwi/boot/image/dracut.py
    This references issue #1644
* Thu May 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for skipping initrd creation
    Embedded systems and other customer use cases sometimes
    doesn't require an initrd. So far the initrd creation was
    a mandatory step in the process. With this commit it's
    possible to configure <type ... initrd_system="none"/>
    and therefore skip the creation and setup of an initrd.
    Using this feature comes with a price. Without an initrd
    the task of mounting the specified root=DEVICE_SPEC now
    becomes a task of the kernel. If the kernel doesn't have
    the required filesystem driver compiled in or the mount
    process of the device is not just a simple mount
    action, the boot of such an appliance will fail
* Thu May 27 2021 Dan Čermák <dcermak@suse.com>
  - Remove grep and find from suseSetupProduct
* Thu May 27 2021 Joachim Gleissner <jgleissner@suse.com>
  - config/functions.sh: Avoid non-zero exit status
    In baseStripDocs and baseStripFirmware avoid non-zero exit status of grep.
    This allows the functions to be used in a script that sets the exit-on-error
    flag.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.33 → 9.23.34
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure we use sphinx >= 4.0.2
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Revert "Fix installation of man pages""
    This reverts commit db7410f3c5b7b101ec0974cc24de0400c491f065.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball"
    This reverts commit 3bf80506c4bbe381b66febdd38df93e65103ffb6.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.32 → 9.23.33
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure man pages are part of the sdist tarball
    Due to the move of man pages in sphinx the MANIFEST.in
    has to be updated to provide the man pages in the
    sdist tarball
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Revert "Fix installation of man pages"
    This reverts commit 286b26b5b6598285bf6eb26a1f5c9200c925b529.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed missing shebang in config.sh
    The ubuntu integration test config.sh script was missing
    the shebang to let the script code run through bash
* Fri May 21 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
  - Fix installation of man pages
    The generated source archive on PyPI has the man page files
    in ./doc/build/man instead of ./doc/build/man/8.
    Adjust the Makefile to use the correct path to install the
    man pages.
* Fri May 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.31 → 9.23.32
* Thu May 20 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Do not return default stdout if it is no raising on failure
    This commit prevents the use of a default stdout and stderr in case
    return code reports errors and it is not raising an exception.
    If we are not raising an exception there is no specific need to
    artificially append some stdout and stderr default message, we just
    behave as if there was no error.
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Ubuntu integration test for system settings
    In Debian based distributions the kiwi built in way
    to setup locale, keyboard and timezone via systemd tools
    does not work because not(yet) provided by the distribution.
    This commit adds a reference implementation in the Ubuntu
    integration test to demonstrate how the settings given in
    the kiwi image description needs to be handled to make
    them effective in the later image. This Fixes #1787
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add log information on grub search
    There is a method in kiwi which searches for grub files.
    As grub is packaged differently within the distributions
    a dynamic lookup is needed. However, the result and where
    kiwi looked it up was not part of the log file. In terms
    of issues like the one from Issue #1754 it would be very
    handy to know about this information. Thus this commit
    adds debug information to the log file regarding what
    grub files are searched and where and if found
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed coday complains
* Thu May 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make dracut version check more robust
    The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi() runtime
    check calls the package manager from the host and reads the
    package database from the image root. Doing this requires
    the package database in the image to be compatible with the
    package manager on the host. However this cannot be guarenteed
    and it is more robust to chroot into the image root and call
    the package manager from there. However, this change also comes
    with the cost that it's required to have a package manager
    available in the image root tree. Therefore along with the
    chroot based call, eventual exceptions from the call are now
    catched and leads to a debug message in the log file but will
    not lead the runtime check to fail. I consider the cases
    without a package database inside of the image to be less
    critical than the incompatibility issue between the host
    tooling and the package database in the image.
    This Fixes bsc#1185937
* Tue May 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.30 → 9.23.31
* Tue May 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Stop plymouth also for progress dialogs
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Prevent explicit man page compression
    The manual pages are compressed by the packager tooling.
    There is no need to do this ourselves
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.29 → 9.23.30
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Increase integration tests boot timeout
    Increase integration tests timeout from 2sec to 10sec
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update integration tests to be non interactive
    Some integration tests allows for interactive dialogs on the
    bootloader menu or in the installation process. As we plan to
    use these tests for automated functional testing there should
    be no interaction whenever possible. This Fixes #1811
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update kiwi installation documentation
    The installation chapter contained information about the manual
    install of package keys. That information is suspect to be always
    outdated because these keys changes. Instead of describing the
    manual install of the package key the docs moved to use the
    auto-import feature of the package manager. As the instructions
    were also rpm specific but we also support install via other
    package mangers the complete chapter was a bit reworked and
    should be more straight forward now. This Fixes #1799
* Mon May 17 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation qemu calls
    We use the kiwi integration tests as base for the documentation
    example images now. The integration tests are all configured
    to set the console to serial. Thus the docs should explain
    the qemu call for test runs using the -serial stdio option
    to make sure the console information is displayed to the
    user
* Sun May 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update and fix documentation
    The documentation had a broken link to the buildservice
    tests for suse. Since we changed this into leap and tumbleweed
    the subproject link to :suse became invalid. In addition to
    the fix the macro setup and build instructions were moved
    to use the kiwi integration tests as example appliance
    descriptions. The user experience in building the integration
    test images should be better because we only release kiwi
    if those appliances build successfully. This Fixes #1812
* Sun May 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed package build
    The new version of sphinx puts manual pages into doc/build/man/8
    when it was doc/build/man before. This breaks the Makefile target
    to install the documentation. This commit updates the Makefile
    to follow the change.
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix dnf arch setting
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update shim path lookup
    Distributions like Fedora has changed the EFI binaries location
    to be shim<efiarch>.efi in /boot/efi/EFI/<vendor> in order to
    support multiarch setup for UEFI. This change requires the
    lookup in KIWI to be more global matching. This Fixes #1806
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move integration test for Fedora to v34
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed live network setup to be generic
    In dracut the network setup comes with different models
    providing a different set of functions. The ifup method as
    used in the live iso dracut module is only available with the
    network-legacy mode and fails with network-wicked. This commit
    uses a dracut conf file in /etc/cmdline.d which uses the dracut
    network interface parameters instead of calling module specific
    methods. This Fixes #1802
* Wed May 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed setup of repository architecture
    Unfortunately the architecture reported by uname is not
    necessarily the same name as used in the repository metadata.
    Therefore it was not a good idea to set the architecture
    and manage the name via a mapping table. It also has turned
    out that repo arch names are distro specific which causes
    more complexity on an eventual mapping table. In the end
    this commit changes the way how the repository architecture
    is setup in a way that we only set the architecture if
    a name was explicitly specified such that the user keeps
    full control over it without any mapping magic included
    This Fixes bsc#1185287
* Fri May 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.28 → 9.23.29
* Mon May 03 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.27 → 9.23.28
* Fri Apr 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Upgrade tests accoring to #1805
    This commit is a follow up of #1805 which missed to update the related
    unit test.
* Fri Apr 30 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Make installation media unattended
    This commit configures install media of several tests to run unattended
    installation. This is done to facilitate the logic of functional tests.
* Wed Apr 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed unit tests for parallel invocation
    With the change to allow the platform architecture to be
    set application global, the unit tests might fail if tests
    run in parallel and using different mock architectures
    for the test. Thus test that runs depending on a platform
    name needs to set the name in the test
* Wed Apr 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Debian integration test for UEFI testing
    Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI
    secure boot feature.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Jeff Kowalczyk <jkowalczyk@suse.com>
  - Fix WSL appx filemap relative paths not preserved
    During WSL appx image type creation step the file hierarchy under metadata_path
    is written to a temporary file for eventual use as argument to utility appx.
    The file hierarchy information is dropped resulting in all filemap entries
    appearing to be at the metadata_path root. The resulting image will side load
    and run but without icon and other resources. Stricter checks at Windows Store
    submission will fail due to mismatch between image manifest and contents.
    Fix by preserving relative path of filemap entries relative to metadata_path.
    Add log output showing both input absolute path and output relative path.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update Ubuntu integration test for UEFI testing
    Updated the Virtual disk profile to make use of the EFI
    secure boot feature.
* Tue Apr 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added support for UEFI on Debian based distros
    The Debian/Ubuntu folks have a different system to support
    EFI secure boot. In order to make use of it kiwi needs some
    adaptions done in this pull request. This Fixes #1743
* Tue Apr 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.26 → 9.23.27
* Mon Apr 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed spec file on Debian tool settings
    debootstrap should always come with dpkg because we don't
    want to handle the architecture names used on Debian when
    dpkg knows them better than we do. since debootstrap itself
    considers the possibility of being called without dpkg on
    the system we generate the dependency by a spec change
    here. This Fixes #1778
* Mon Apr 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change zypper download mode to in-advance
    In relation to upcoming zypper changes e.g to make use of librpm on
    single transaction operations there is the possibility that file
    triggers start being used. To ensure zypper behaves consistently
    DownloadInAdvance mode should be used, this way the transaction
    happens as a whole and with the upcoming zypper changes zypper
    will still be capable to handle the file triggers.
    This Fixes #1789
* Sun Apr 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added shadow package to pxe integration test
    Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow
* Sun Apr 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added shadow package to integration test
    Tools like usermod were moved from coreutils to shadow
* Fri Apr 16 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Fix appx manifest for WSL containers
    This commit prevents KIWI from setting Identity Name attribute and
    DisplayName and PublisherDisplayName elements.
    Fixes #1780
* Fri Apr 16 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Do not apply default subcommand for derivate containers
    This commit does not apply the default subcommand for derivate
    containers.
    Fixes bsc#1184823
* Fri Apr 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed integration tests requesting grub
    For some reason two integration tests requests the "grub" and
    the "grub2" package. On TW there is now no longer a provider of
    grub and thus the image build became unresolvable. There is
    only grub2 for quite some time, so I deleted this package
    setting from the tests in question
* Fri Apr 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.25 → 9.23.26
* Thu Apr 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed platform setup for vagrant unit tests
* Thu Apr 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add support for a custom exclude file
    The new optional metadata file image/exclude_files.yaml can
    be placed inside of the local image root tree. At creation time of
    the image binary the file contents are used to extend the default
    exclude list with additional information. The structure of the
    file must be as follows:
    ```yaml
    exclude:
    - exclude-name-used-in-rsync
    ```
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.24 → 9.23.25
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update zypp.conf architecture setting
    Make sure the architecture is set as parameter in the
    zypp.conf file used for building the image. This is needed
    to allow differentiation between host arch and image arch
    for cross image build environments
* Wed Apr 14 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added option to set the image target architecture
    The option --target-arch allows to set the architecture
    used to build the image. By default this is the host
    architecture. Please note, if the specified architecture
    name does not match the host architecture and is therefore
    requesting a cross architecture image build, it's important
    to understand that for this process to work a preparatory
    step to support the image architecture and binary format
    on the building host is required and is not considered a
    responsibility of kiwi. There will be a followup effort
    on providing a plugin for kiwi which should be used to
    manage the needed binfmt settings for cross arch image
    builds
* Tue Apr 13 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Refactor disk and install builders and dracut boot image
    This commit mainly refactors the DiskBuilder class. Then install builder
    and dracut boot image refactors are mostly to drop no longer needed
    code. The refactors tries to make the build simpler and easier to read and
    also prevent the reuse of the BootImage instance used for the main image
    when creating the installation media (this aplies only for
    dracut based images).
    Fixes #873
* Tue Apr 13 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Refactor create_disk method
    This commit refactor create_disk method and related utility methods
    to ensure runtime objects are not stored as attributes of the object.
    This is done to ensure proper clearing and destruction of those objects
    once create_disk method is done.
    Related to #873
* Mon Apr 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added openssl to the core requires
    openssl is used in kiwi to construct a password hash
    if the plaintext password feature for user settings
    is used. This Fixes bsc#1184128
* Sun Apr 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.23 → 9.23.24
* Fri Apr 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Decommission obsolete code reaching EOL
    Use the @decommissioned decorator to raise for API methods
    that a over the obsoletion period
* Fri Apr 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added mypy call to tox target
    For the tox unit_pyX targets, mypy static type checking
    is now called prior tests. This references Issue 1644
* Tue Apr 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Complete strong typing for API methods
    Added required code changes to let mypy pass when running
    from the toplevel kiwi namespace. This now finally
    Fixes #1644
* Mon Apr 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.22 → 9.23.23
* Wed Mar 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added optional post_bootstrap.sh script hook
    After the bootstrap phase a script post_bootstrap.sh is executed
    in a chroot process which allows to add/modify system settings
    prior the completion of the system installation. This helps
    users for example with custom package manager settings and
    Fixes #1763 as well as Fixes #1782
* Tue Mar 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Add information about new volume filesystem_check attribute
* Tue Mar 30 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to enable volumes for filesystem check
    The new attribute <volume ... filesystem_check="true|false"/>
    allows to change the default value for the fs_passno field in
    the generated fstab file. By default kiwi sets "0" in this
    field and leaves it up to the user to customize this as
    appropriate via script code. Coding changes to the fstab file
    via scripts are not very user friendly and with respect that
    systemd takes over control and generates checkers depending on
    the value of fs_passno it would be good if there is a way to
    explicitly specify if checks to the filesystem are wanted or
    not. Therefore the new attribute now exists. If set to: true
    this results in a value of "2" for the fs_passno field. Please
    note the root/boot and efi entries are excluded from this
    setup. This Fixes #1728
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.21 → 9.23.22
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor building of root cmdline setting
    Creating the root= cmdline parameter was based on methods
    that deals with the uuid. However, it's also possible to
    use a label information for the root= cmdline. To support
    this kiwi issued a 'blkid --uuid' command but that requires
    udev device names to be present on the host. The open
    buildservice workers do not run udev and fails apart the
    standard. This commit refactors the root cmdline setup
    to work with the device node as it exists during build
    time such that the blkid call runs against that device
    node.
* Mon Mar 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.20 → 9.23.21
* Fri Mar 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete yum from packagemanager in schema
    Auto convert yum to dnf if set as packagemanager. This allows
    to delete the yum handling from code parts in kiwi where this
    was still present. In addition this fixes the inclusion of yum
    into the packagelist. This Fixes #1768
* Tue Mar 16 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
  - Add Strong Typing to builder APIs
* Tue Mar 16 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
  - This PR add APIs Strong Typing to the repository APIs
    Strong Typing has been added to the following files:
    repository/base.py
    repository/pacman.py
    repository/apt.py
    repository/dnf.py
    repository/template/apt.py
    repository/zypper.py
* Tue Mar 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Drop by-path devicepersistency setting
    The dev/disk/by-path device representation is a host specific
    PCI location. For image building which happens disconnected from
    the later target device this setting is useless.
    This Fixes #1747
* Tue Mar 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed LVM root volume inclusion in fstab
    The root(/) volume in a LVM setup was included as UUID device
    path. This is inconsistent compared to the non root volumes
    which are included by their LVM representation:
    /dev/VGROUP_NAME/VOLUME_NAME
    This commit makes sure the root volume is included by its
    persistent LVM device representation too. This is related
    to Issue #1747
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update unit- integration tests to schema v74
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added XSLT transformation schema v73 -> v74
    Update schema version and change to package manager 'apt'
    if 'apt-get' was set
* Mon Mar 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change packagemanager setting from apt-get to apt
    In kiwi we use the name of the section as package name to install this
    package manager capability. However on Debian based distros there is
    no package named apt-get. There is only a package named apt which
    provides a tool named apt-get. To avoid inconsistencies like we had it
    in Issue #1735 and to bring this setting in line with all other
    packagemanager settings the setting was moved to just apt.
    This Fixes #1738
* Thu Mar 11 2021 KeithMnemonic <kberger@suse.com>
  - Public API Strong Typing for kiwi package_manager
* Thu Mar 11 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Require qemu-img in any filesystem based image
    This commit moves the qemu-img requirement into the
    `kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems` to ensure ISO, OEM and PXE images include
    it in the build service. Also this is required for images that are
    simple root-trees in a filesystem (image=ext4).
* Thu Mar 11 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add a requirement for kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media on disk images
    This commit adds a requirement for `kiwi-systemdeps-iso-media` in
    `kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images`. This is to ensure that installing
    `kiwi-systemdeps-disk-images` is enough to build OEM images including
    install media.
* Tue Mar 09 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Exclude /run and /tmp to be synched into the image
    This commit makes sure the contents of /run and /tmp are ignored when
    synchronizing the generated root tree into the image.
    Fixes #1744
* Tue Mar 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fix use of by-label device persistency in grub
    If devicepersistency="by-label" is set in the KIWI description
    it will correctly operate on the fstab values but still uses
    the UUID based setting for root= in the grub config. This commit
    allows to set root=LABEL=... in the grub config in case the
    devicepersistency requested it. In order for this to work this
    commit also had to increase the scope of the grub helper
    method _fix_grub_root_device_reference which is now called in
    any case. This Fixes #1757
* Mon Mar 08 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.19 → 9.23.20
* Sat Mar 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed API vs. CLI inconsistency
    when using kiwi as API the program fails with a usage message
    from the Cli class. The kiwi.cli module should not be imported
    except for kiwi comandline tasks. It has turned out that the
    RuntimeConfig class which is used in several places in different
    API classes imports Cli and creates an instance of it to check
    for a global option. This causes major issues for all programs
    which uses the kiwi API but not the command line interface because
    the docopt call in Cli() expects a valid docstring which only
    exists in kiwi's cli.py. This commit fixes the inconsistency
    and allows people to use the kiwi API independent of any
    command line interface. Fixes #1755
* Fri Mar 05 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add Rawhide and Tumbleweed tests for secure boot on aarch64
* Fri Mar 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make sure man pages are part of sdist tarball
    The current tarball when uploaded to pypi via gitlab does
    not contain the manual pages because the doc target to build
    them is not called. This commit adds a doc_man tox target
    which is called prior pypi release. This Fixes #1746
* Wed Mar 03 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Refactor grub2 installation
    This commit refactors grub2 installation method to split it in two
    parts. Former grub2.install method was meant to run the grub2-install
    tool, however, in addition it was also running the secure boot
    installation shim-install. The install method in KIWI is skipped for
    those architectures and firmware combinations for which bios support
    doesn't exist. This was leading to skip the secure boot installation.
    The current approach strips the secure boot installation logic from the
    grub2.install method, so skipping the install method does not
    automatically result in skipping the secure boot installation.
    Fixes bsc#1182211
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.18 → 9.23.19
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed admin path for dpkg-query
    Fixed admin path in check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi
    runtime check.
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Fergal Mc Carthy <rahn.tamalin@gmail.com>
  - Fail non-XML descriptions if anymarkup not available (#1742)
    Co-authored-by: Fergal Mc Carthy <fergal.mc.carthy@suse.com>
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.17 → 9.23.18
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Make runtime check more robust
    Fixed check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi to work
    with systems that have no dracut installed.
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed call time runtime check in build command
    The check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi runtime
    check was called too early in the build process. It has to
    be called at the end of the prepare stage when the image
    root tree has been created
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added missing runtime check to default config file
    Added check_dracut_module_versions_compatible_to_kiwi as
    comment block to the default config file
* Mon Mar 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.16 → 9.23.17
* Sun Feb 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed docstring for SolverRepositoryDeb class
    The doc string incorrectly pointed to the rpm-md repo type
    when it should be apt-deb
* Thu Feb 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed code smells reported from codacy
    In addition cleanup unused instance variable self.custom_args
    from DiskFormatBase class
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Add kiwi dracut mod vs. kiwi compatibility check
    Add a runtime check to be called in the create stage
    which reads the version(s) of the installed kiwi dracut
    modules from the package database and compare them with
    a min_version setting maintained in the KIWI builder
    code. If the installed dracut module is not compatible
    with the used kiwi builder version the build stops
    at this point with a descriptive error message
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    kiwi/storage/raid_device
    kiwi/storage/setup
    kiwi/storage/subformat/base
    kiwi/storage/subformat/gce
    kiwi/storage/subformat/ova
    kiwi/storage/subformat/qcow2
    This references issue #1644
* Tue Feb 23 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added strong typing for the following API methods
    * storage/subformat/vagrant_base.py
    * storage/subformat/vagrant_libvirt.py
    * storage/subformat/vagrant_virtualbox.py
    * storage/subformat/vdi.py
    * storage/subformat/vhd.py
    * storage/subformat/vhdfixed.py
    * storage/subformat/vhdx.py
    * storage/subformat/vmdk.py
    This references Issue #1644
* Mon Feb 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Deleted legacy kiwi chapter from the docs
    The information there is almost obsolete since kiwi(perl)
    does no longer exist in any modern distribution. It's
    only maintained on SLE12 which itself is EOL and the kiwi
    there has its own documentation which we don't need to
    reference anymore in the upstream project
* Mon Feb 22 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added new Troubleshooting chapter to the docs
    Added a new chapter to handle issues which depends on several
    environment conditions and for which not only one possible
    solution exists. This Fixes #1691
* Fri Feb 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Document use of SUSE media
    Add chapter to describe how to use the SUSE product media
    in a kiwi build process. This Fixes #1678
* Fri Feb 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete support for generic iso:// source type
    The generic iso:// media type mounts the given iso file and expect
    its root to provide a repository that can be used 1:1 with a package
    manager. This concept is broken since some time and it can't be fixed
    in a generic way. All distribution media comes with a certain layout
    and basically needs extra handling to become fully usable as
    repository. The current implementation of the iso type which simply
    mounts the iso and expects its root to be a known repo is not useful.
    Therefore the support for it will be decommissioned. Instead we
    will provide a documentation chapter that documents how to incorporate
    distro ISO media for building images.
* Thu Feb 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added deb support to sat solver module
    Add support to create SAT solvables from Debian repos via
    deb2solv tool from libsolv. This allows image info --resolve-package-list
    to work with Debian/Ubuntu image descriptions. Please note
    by default libsolv is not compiled with support for Debian.
    Therefore the following compile flags must be set on libsolv
    * -DENABLE_DEBIAN=1
    * -DMULTI_SEMANTICS=1
    If libsolv does not provide the needed capabilities kiwi will
    fail on either the repository solvable creation due to missing
    deb2solv or on call of setdisttype() due to missing MULTI_SEMANTICS
    feature in libsolv
* Thu Feb 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update contributing chapter
    Add an example to show that using the kiwi description
    format is an option when using kiwi as an API in other
    python programs
* Tue Feb 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Change donation message
    There are more people working on kiwi and the message is
    from times with only me as contributor. It would be unfair
    to keep the current message and I will share any donation
    with the team.
* Tue Feb 16 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.15 → 9.23.16
* Mon Feb 15 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Fix lsblk flags to get sorted output
    This commit modifies the lsblk command flags to get a sorted output
    according to the disk layout.
    This is related to 176c7eab commita and it fixes bsc#1182264
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems requires
    The filesystems requires list also contains low level
    tools to manage partitions, loops and subsystems. The tools
    to manage LUKS(cryptsetup) are missing and imho belongs there
    along with the LVM tools which are listed
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added documentation for kiwi-systemdeps concept
    Added information about the kiwi-systemdeps sub packages
    and its purpose. This Fixes #1686
* Mon Feb 15 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for filesystem classes
    This commit strong typing for FileSystem* classes.
    Part of #1644
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    The runtime config file can also be specified on the
    commandline
* Mon Feb 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added ca-certificates-mozilla to build tests
    ca-certificates-mozilla provides the issuer CERT to allow
    for https repo connections. The standard ca-certificates is
    not enough on suse/leap/sles based integration tests
* Sat Feb 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed packaging metadata for pypi
    Include the README as long description in the metadata
    for pypi. The change causes the description on pypi.org
    to show the ReST rendered README instead of a message
    that the author of the module hasn't provided a description
* Sat Feb 13 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete legacy oem build test from leap
    The legacy custom kiwi boot test will only continue
    to exist on tumbleweed without any warranty
* Fri Feb 12 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Include a note about rpm's curl requirement to import remote keys
    This commits add a note in the KIWI installation page to warn users rpm
    requires curl utility in order to import remote keys from a URI.
    Fixes #1680
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.14 → 9.23.15
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Mention the cross arch build capability of the boxbuild
    command. Also update the example box used in the self
    container build chapter
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to specify OBS credentials in runtime config
    In preparation to the new obs kiwi plugin this commit adds
    an opportunity to store obs credentials such that the plugin
    could also be used in a non-interactive way
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    kiwi/storage/device_provider
    kiwi/storage/disk
    kiwi/storage/loop_device
    kiwi/storage/luks_device
    kiwi/storage/mapped_device
    This references issue #1644
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update build_status helper for box plugin
    The suse box has been renamed to tumbleweed
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Fixed link list to integration tests
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added rawhide test status to build_status helper
* Fri Feb 12 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added Fedora Rawhide integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Followup fix for RuntimeConfig refactor
    The refactor of the RuntimeConfig made sure the runtime config
    file is read in only once. But if the file exists and is empty
    after yaml.safe_load like in the kiwi package provided
    /etc/kiwi.yml which contains all config options as comments,
    the code still reads in the file with every new instance of
    RuntimeConfig. This commit fixes this condition
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-vagrant for Leap
    Use the correct release package
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-docker-derived for Leap
    Use the right derived from location
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed test-image-docker for Leap
    Nothing provides grub
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete test-image-pxe from leap tests
    We don't continue development of netboot code. Thus there is
    only one test for the old netboot system on TW. People are
    advised to move to oem remote deployment or the kis type
    using custom(non kiwi) dracut extensions
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - test-image-MicroOS does not build for leap
    Looks like this concept is not available on Leap
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added integration tests for Leap
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update documentation
    Location for integration tests has changed
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Deleted x86/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moving x86/suse -> x86/tumbleweed
    This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for x86/suse
    to x86/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
    x86/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Deleted s390/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moving s390/suse -> s390/tumbleweed
    This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for s390/suse
    to s390/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
    s390/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete ppc/suse from build_status helper
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Deleted ppc/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moving ppc/suse -> ppc/tumbleweed
    This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for ppc/suse
    to ppc/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
    ppc/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed Debian integration test
    The test was not using the Staging kiwi to build
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Deleted arm/suse integration tests
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moving arm/suse -> arm/tumbleweed
    This is in fact a copy of the build-tests for arm/suse
    to arm/tumbleweed. Once the tests in OBS are building
    arm/suse and the respective project will be deleted
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Update tuples to enforce type hints
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of BIOS grub image on ISO media
    Not all systems (e.g Debian) creates the boot/grub|grub2 directory.
    In kiwi when we need to create a custom grub image because we did
    not find the distro provided one, an earlyboot.cfg file is created
    and embedded into the grub image. The locaton to store that file
    is below boot/grub|grub2. However if the directory does not exist
    the build will fail as with the current Debian Live integration
    test.
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added debian integration tests to build_status
    The debian build tests were not taken into account by
    the build_status helper
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Moved ARM fedora integration test to latest stable
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update suse build tests
    Deleted old and obsolete configuration setup. Use generic
    description information as much as possible
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Move fedora integration tests to stable release
    Instead of building against the rolling release (rawhide)
    we build the integration tests for non suse tests against
    the stable release of distributions. The reason is except
    for suse we don't have influence and resources on the
    distribution development and sometimes facing the problem
    that we can only sit and pray for a self healing of the
    rolling distro releases. From a kiwi release perspective
    this blocks us too often
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed tbz integration test
    It seems /bin/sh has been moved into a file provides that
    cannot be solved by the obs solver. Therefore a package
    providing it needs to be added explicitly.
* Thu Feb 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.13 → 9.23.14
* Wed Feb 10 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Remove files or folders that conflict with debootstrap
    This commit makes use of Path.wipe method instead of os.unlink. This way
    we are certain the path is removed regardless being a directory or a
    file.
    fixes #1718
* Wed Feb 10 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Clean some copy and paste leftover from doc strings
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed ramdisk deployment from install ISO
    The dracut mount hook is only called if NO root= information
    is provided from the cmdline. In a PXE deployment this is the
    case but in an install ISO deployment not. This commit re-adds
    the sysroot mount generator approach but only applies on the
    condition rd.kiwi.ramdisk is set and root= is specified. Only
    in this case we know config.bootoptions is present in the
    initrd and will not be provided from an outside service
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Christian Goll <Christian.Goll@gmail.com>
  - Added dolly support
    Allow dolly as alternative download protocol
* Tue Feb 09 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.12 → 9.23.13
* Sun Feb 07 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Refactor RuntimeConfig class
    The former implementation read the runtime config file every
    time a new RuntimeConfig instance was created. The runtime
    config is however static during the runtime of an image build
    process and not supposed to change. Therefore the file should
    be read in once and any new instance of RuntimConfig should
    just use what has been read in at the first invocation. This
    commit refactors the RuntimeConfig class to hold an application
    global RUNTIME_CONFIG variable and allows to reread the
    config on explicit request.
* Sat Feb 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added option to setup OBS API server in config
    Allow to specify the open build service API server
    in the kiwi runtime configuration file
* Sat Feb 06 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Allow to specify config file on the command line
    The optional kiwi runtime config file (kiwi.yml) could
    only be read from ~/.config/kiwi/config.yml or /etc/kiwi.yml
    This commits adds the global option --config which allows
    to specify a custom runtime configuration as well.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed detection for pacman repo type
    grep the directory listing for a .db.sig metadata file
    to identify a pacman repo
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Cleanup CliTask doc strings and code duplication
    Introduce a tuple method to handle arguments with [n]
    comma separated elements. Also fix method docstrings
    with wrong type information.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed typing for add_repository in XMLState class
    mypy reported further issues on XMLState class which
    are fixed by this commit
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed type annotations and docs for Uri class
    The constructor used a wrong type for the repo_type variable
    and the doc string for the class was invalid
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added get_repo_type method to SolverRepository
    In preparation of a plugin to handle external service
    repositories a method to check for the repository type
    was added. The detection is based on a search for a
    specific metadata file which is an indicator for the
    type of a repository.
* Fri Feb 05 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Update manual pages
    The system build and prepare commands have received options
    which were not mentioned in the manual pages. This commit
    updates the pages to be in line with the code
* Mon Feb 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.11 → 9.23.12
* Mon Feb 01 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed debootstrap device node conflict
    debootstrap creates its own device node tree and fails
    if a node it creates itself already exists. This commit
    introduces a list of conflicting device nodes and deletes
    them prior kiwi calling debootstrap. This Fixes #1675
* Sun Jan 31 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added aaa_base to s390 TW build tests
    On s390 TW aaa_base is not pulled in by a dependency in obs.
    It looks like the package is pulled in by a file provides which
    is not resolved by obs. Thus the package needs to be added
    explicitly
* Fri Jan 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.10 → 9.23.11
* Fri Jan 29 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix, creating custom grub EFI images
    Make sure custom EFI grub image is copied to the media
    directory if this is different from the root directory
    e.g on creation of live images
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.9 → 9.23.10
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Follow up fix, creating custom grub images
    Moving the grub mkimage call as chroot operation also broke
    the creation of image builds that uses the legacy custom kiwi
    boot image feature instead of dracut. This commit fixes it
* Thu Jan 28 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added leap box to be shown by build_status helper
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added decorators to help with API management
    The lifetime of API methods could be limited due to
    the development of kiwi. To allow for a deprecation
    process the following helper methods has been added
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.8 → 9.23.9
* Wed Jan 27 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Update MicroOS build test
    This commit alignes the MicroOS tests with the MicroOS images build
    for kvm and xen. In addition it adds the installation media request and
    custom initrd modules configuration for the installation media.
* Wed Jan 27 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed creation of custom bios grub image
    The last commit moved the grub mkimage call into the chroot.
    As a side effect and when creating install media the earlyboot
    script could no longer be found. This commit fixes it
* Wed Jan 27 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Include installmedia documentation
* Tue Jan 26 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.7 → 9.23.8
* Mon Jan 25 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed creation of custom grub image
    If kiwi can't find the distribution provided grub image(s) it
    creates them using the respective grub[X]-mkimage tool. However
    the tool was called on the build host which could cause an
    inconsistency on the used module path. Grub is not packaged
    consistently across the distributions and also the provided
    modules comes in different versions and patch sets. Therefore
    it's required that kiwi calls the grub mkimage tool as chrooted
    operation inside of the tree that provides the target image.
    As consequence of the change it's required that the image root
    tree provides the grub mkimage tool. In addition to the change
    we now also log the output from the grub mkimage call in the
    kiwi build logfile. This Fixes #1254
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    * kiwi/system/kernel.py
    * kiwi/system/result.py
    * kiwi/system/shell.py
    This references issue #1644
* Thu Jan 21 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add the schematron rules for installinitrd
    This commit adds an schematron rule to limit the presence of
    installinitrd element to disk builds including installation media.
* Thu Jan 21 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Add the installinitrd element
    This commit adds the `<installinitrd>` element in kiwi schema to
    facilitate the dracut modules configuration for the installation initrds
    on OEM images. Within installinitrd element is possible list the dracut
    modules to append, to omit or to just set an static list of dracut
    modules to include.
    Fixes #1676
    Fixes #1683
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    * system/root_bind.py
    * system/root_init.py
    * system/identifier.py
    This references issue #1644
* Thu Jan 21 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.6 → 9.23.7
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Don't call super() from logging.Formatter
    It's not needed to run the base class constructor.
    The interface for the logging facility is also different
    between python 3.6 and python 3.8 such that calling
    the base constructor would be bad idea anyway.
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Add strong typing for the following API methods
    * kiwi/system/size.py
    * kiwi/system/uri.py
    * kiwi/system/users.py
    Update the test path for users_test.py
    This references #1644
* Wed Jan 20 2021 David Cassany <dcassany@suse.com>
  - Include missing qemu-tools dependency for iso images
    This commit includes a missing qemu-tools dependency for iso
    image type.
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Added strong typing for the following API methods
    * kiwi/system/prepare.py
    * kiwi/system/profile.py
    * kiwi/system/setup.py
    The changes here also lead to a small refactoring for the handling
    of the package manager. In my opinion it doesn't make sense to allow
    a None type package manager from the stateful XML instance. As without
    any package manager nothing can be done. As it also turns into an
    issue for the PackageManager API which does not allow for an empty
    value here I thought it's better to come up with a default package
    manager (set to dnf) if no one is explicitly specified
    This references Issue #1644
* Wed Jan 20 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Explicitly set lvm device source
    Set external_device_info_source=none for lvm calls.
    This is related to Issue #1665
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed use of encoding in open calls
    The use of encodings.ascii in open calls was wrong. Open expects
    an encoding string but encodings.ascii returns a module reference
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.5 → 9.23.6
* Tue Jan 19 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Handle checksum files in ascii encoding
    Follow up fix for #1673. Handle reading/writing of all
    supported checksum variants in ascii encoding
* Mon Jan 18 2021 Neal Gompa <ngompa13@gmail.com>
  - Mark Micro DNF as a RPM based package manager
    Without doing this, KIWI won't generate the correct output files
    for verification of image content.
* Mon Jan 18 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT with content
    Only write GRUB_CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT in the grub defaults
    file if there are custom options set via the kernelcmdline
    attribute. This Fixes #1650
* Sat Jan 16 2021 Petr Pavlu <petr.pavlu@suse.com>
  - Move logic to sync system data into a separate method
    Reduce cyclomatic complexity of DiskBuilder.create_disk() by moving the
    logic to sync system data into a separate method.
* Fri Jan 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Fixed missing systemdisk provides
    kiwi-systemdeps-filesystems did not provide kiwi-filesystem:ext2
* Fri Jan 15 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.4 → 9.23.5
* Wed Jan 13 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Refactor default shared cache location
    Defaults shared cache location does not depend on CLI parameters
    Add set method for custom cache location in Defaults
    CLI default value for shared cache dir depends on Defaults if not set
    Update default if CLI shared cache dir set
    Fixes #1671
* Tue Jan 12 2021 Jesus Bermudez Velazquez <jesus.bv@suse.com>
  - Update contributing link in README
* Mon Jan 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Delete obsolete ddb.adapterType patching
    When building a vmdk image with pvscsi as adapter type, kiwi
    implicitly changed the adapter_type from pvscsi to lsilogic
    because qemu only knows lsilogic. At the end kiwi patched
    the adapter type in the descriptor of the vmdk header back
    to pvscsi. That patching seems to be wrong according to
    information from users and VMware support. This commit
    deletes the descriptor patching and only leaves the pvscsi
    setting in the guest configuration(vmx).
    This Fixes bsc#1180539 and Fixes #1847
* Mon Jan 11 2021 Marcus Schäfer <marcus.schaefer@gmail.com>
  - Bump version: 9.23.3 → 9.23.4

Files

No Filelist in the Package !

Generated by rpm2html 1.8.1

Fabrice Bellet, Sat Dec 28 23:43:10 2024